1 //===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 #include "TreeTransform.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
47 using namespace clang;
50 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, without
51 /// emitting diagnostics.
52 bool Sema::CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) {
53 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
54 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D))
57 // See if this is a deleted function.
58 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
62 // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
63 // then we can't use it either.
64 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&
65 DeduceReturnType(FD, SourceLocation(), /*Diagnose*/ false))
69 // See if this function is unavailable.
70 if (TreatUnavailableAsInvalid && D->getAvailability() == AR_Unavailable &&
71 cast<Decl>(CurContext)->getAvailability() != AR_Unavailable)
77 static void DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
78 // Warn if this is used but marked unused.
79 if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
80 // [[maybe_unused]] should not diagnose uses, but __attribute__((unused))
81 // should diagnose them.
82 if (A->getSemanticSpelling() != UnusedAttr::CXX11_maybe_unused) {
83 const Decl *DC = cast_or_null<Decl>(S.getCurObjCLexicalContext());
84 if (DC && !DC->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
85 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_used_but_marked_unused) << D->getDeclName();
90 static bool HasRedeclarationWithoutAvailabilityInCategory(const Decl *D) {
91 const auto *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
94 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OID = OMD->getClassInterface();
98 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat : OID->visible_categories())
99 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CatMeth =
100 Cat->getMethod(OMD->getSelector(), OMD->isInstanceMethod()))
101 if (!CatMeth->hasAttr<AvailabilityAttr>())
107 Sema::ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *&D, std::string *Message) {
108 AvailabilityResult Result = D->getAvailability(Message);
110 // For typedefs, if the typedef declaration appears available look
111 // to the underlying type to see if it is more restrictive.
112 while (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
113 if (Result == AR_Available) {
114 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
116 Result = D->getAvailability(Message);
123 // Forward class declarations get their attributes from their definition.
124 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
125 if (IDecl->getDefinition()) {
126 D = IDecl->getDefinition();
127 Result = D->getAvailability(Message);
131 if (const EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
132 if (Result == AR_Available) {
133 const DeclContext *DC = ECD->getDeclContext();
134 if (const EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(DC))
135 Result = TheEnumDecl->getAvailability(Message);
138 if (Result == AR_NotYetIntroduced) {
139 // Don't do this for enums, they can't be redeclared.
140 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<EnumDecl>(D))
143 bool Warn = !D->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()->isInherited();
144 // Objective-C method declarations in categories are not modelled as
145 // redeclarations, so manually look for a redeclaration in a category
147 if (Warn && HasRedeclarationWithoutAvailabilityInCategory(D))
149 // In general, D will point to the most recent redeclaration. However,
150 // for `@class A;` decls, this isn't true -- manually go through the
151 // redecl chain in that case.
152 if (Warn && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
153 for (Decl *Redecl = D->getMostRecentDecl(); Redecl && Warn;
154 Redecl = Redecl->getPreviousDecl())
155 if (!Redecl->hasAttr<AvailabilityAttr>() ||
156 Redecl->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()->isInherited())
159 return Warn ? AR_NotYetIntroduced : AR_Available;
166 DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
167 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
168 bool ObjCPropertyAccess) {
170 // See if this declaration is unavailable, deprecated, or partial.
171 if (AvailabilityResult Result =
172 S.ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(D, &Message)) {
174 if (Result == AR_NotYetIntroduced) {
175 if (S.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
176 S.getEnclosingFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true;
178 } else if (S.getCurBlock() || S.getCurLambda()) {
179 S.getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true;
184 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = nullptr;
185 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
186 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = MD->findPropertyDecl()) {
187 AvailabilityResult PDeclResult = PD->getAvailability(nullptr);
188 if (PDeclResult == Result)
193 S.EmitAvailabilityWarning(Result, D, Message, Loc, UnknownObjCClass,
194 ObjCPDecl, ObjCPropertyAccess);
198 /// \brief Emit a note explaining that this function is deleted.
199 void Sema::NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *Decl) {
200 assert(Decl->isDeleted());
202 CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl);
204 if (Method && Method->isDeleted() && Method->isDefaulted()) {
205 // If the method was explicitly defaulted, point at that declaration.
206 if (!Method->isImplicit())
207 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_implicitly_deleted);
209 // Try to diagnose why this special member function was implicitly
210 // deleted. This might fail, if that reason no longer applies.
211 CXXSpecialMember CSM = getSpecialMember(Method);
212 if (CSM != CXXInvalid)
213 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Method, CSM, nullptr, /*Diagnose=*/true);
218 auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Decl);
219 if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor())
220 return NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(Ctor);
222 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_availability_specified_here)
226 /// \brief Determine whether a FunctionDecl was ever declared with an
227 /// explicit storage class.
228 static bool hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(const FunctionDecl *D) {
229 for (auto I : D->redecls()) {
230 if (I->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
236 /// \brief Check whether we're in an extern inline function and referring to a
237 /// variable or function with internal linkage (C11 6.7.4p3).
239 /// This is only a warning because we used to silently accept this code, but
240 /// in many cases it will not behave correctly. This is not enabled in C++ mode
241 /// because the restriction language is a bit weaker (C++11 [basic.def.odr]p6)
242 /// and so while there may still be user mistakes, most of the time we can't
243 /// prove that there are errors.
244 static void diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(Sema &S,
246 SourceLocation Loc) {
247 // This is disabled under C++; there are too many ways for this to fire in
248 // contexts where the warning is a false positive, or where it is technically
249 // correct but benign.
250 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
253 // Check if this is an inlined function or method.
254 FunctionDecl *Current = S.getCurFunctionDecl();
257 if (!Current->isInlined())
259 if (!Current->isExternallyVisible())
262 // Check if the decl has internal linkage.
263 if (D->getFormalLinkage() != InternalLinkage)
266 // Downgrade from ExtWarn to Extension if
267 // (1) the supposedly external inline function is in the main file,
268 // and probably won't be included anywhere else.
269 // (2) the thing we're referencing is a pure function.
270 // (3) the thing we're referencing is another inline function.
271 // This last can give us false negatives, but it's better than warning on
272 // wrappers for simple C library functions.
273 const FunctionDecl *UsedFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
274 bool DowngradeWarning = S.getSourceManager().isInMainFile(Loc);
275 if (!DowngradeWarning && UsedFn)
276 DowngradeWarning = UsedFn->isInlined() || UsedFn->hasAttr<ConstAttr>();
278 S.Diag(Loc, DowngradeWarning ? diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline_quiet
279 : diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline)
280 << /*IsVar=*/!UsedFn << D;
282 S.MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(Current);
284 S.Diag(D->getCanonicalDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
288 void Sema::MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *Cur) {
289 const FunctionDecl *First = Cur->getFirstDecl();
291 // Suggest "static" on the function, if possible.
292 if (!hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(First)) {
293 SourceLocation DeclBegin = First->getSourceRange().getBegin();
294 Diag(DeclBegin, diag::note_convert_inline_to_static)
295 << Cur << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DeclBegin, "static ");
299 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
300 /// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
302 /// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
303 /// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
304 /// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
305 /// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
306 /// function is being used.
308 /// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
309 /// referenced), false otherwise.
311 bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
312 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
313 bool ObjCPropertyAccess) {
314 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
315 // If there were any diagnostics suppressed by template argument deduction,
317 auto Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(D->getCanonicalDecl());
318 if (Pos != SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) {
319 for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Suppressed : Pos->second)
320 Diag(Suppressed.first, Suppressed.second);
322 // Clear out the list of suppressed diagnostics, so that we don't emit
323 // them again for this specialization. However, we don't obsolete this
324 // entry from the table, because we want to avoid ever emitting these
325 // diagnostics again.
329 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3:
330 // The function 'main' shall not be used within a program.
331 if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isMain())
332 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_main_used);
335 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
336 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
337 if (isa<BindingDecl>(D)) {
338 Diag(Loc, diag::err_binding_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
341 Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
342 << D->getDeclName() << cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType();
347 // See if this is a deleted function.
348 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
349 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
350 auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
351 if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor())
352 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_inherited_ctor_use)
354 << Ctor->getInheritedConstructor().getConstructor()->getParent();
356 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
357 NoteDeletedFunction(FD);
361 // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
362 // then we can't use it either.
363 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&
364 DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc))
367 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !CheckCUDACall(Loc, FD))
371 auto getReferencedObjCProp = [](const NamedDecl *D) ->
372 const ObjCPropertyDecl * {
373 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
374 return MD->findPropertyDecl();
377 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = getReferencedObjCProp(D)) {
378 if (diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(ObjCPDecl, Loc))
380 } else if (diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(D, Loc)) {
384 // [OpenMP 4.0], 2.15 declare reduction Directive, Restrictions
385 // Only the variables omp_in and omp_out are allowed in the combiner.
386 // Only the variables omp_priv and omp_orig are allowed in the
387 // initializer-clause.
388 auto *DRD = dyn_cast<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(CurContext);
389 if (LangOpts.OpenMP && DRD && !CurContext->containsDecl(D) &&
391 Diag(Loc, diag::err_omp_wrong_var_in_declare_reduction)
392 << getCurFunction()->HasOMPDeclareReductionCombiner;
393 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D;
397 DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(*this, D, Loc, UnknownObjCClass,
400 DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(*this, D, Loc);
402 diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(*this, D, Loc);
407 /// \brief Retrieve the message suffix that should be added to a
408 /// diagnostic complaining about the given function being deleted or
410 std::string Sema::getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
412 if (FD->getAvailability(&Message))
413 return ": " + Message;
415 return std::string();
418 /// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks whether a call or
419 /// message-send is to a declaration with the sentinel attribute, and
420 /// if so, it checks that the requirements of the sentinel are
422 void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
423 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
424 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
428 // The number of formal parameters of the declaration.
429 unsigned numFormalParams;
431 // The kind of declaration. This is also an index into a %select in
433 enum CalleeType { CT_Function, CT_Method, CT_Block } calleeType;
435 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
436 numFormalParams = MD->param_size();
437 calleeType = CT_Method;
438 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
439 numFormalParams = FD->param_size();
440 calleeType = CT_Function;
441 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(D)) {
442 QualType type = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType();
443 const FunctionType *fn = nullptr;
444 if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
445 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
447 calleeType = CT_Function;
448 } else if (const BlockPointerType *ptr = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
449 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
450 calleeType = CT_Block;
455 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fn)) {
456 numFormalParams = proto->getNumParams();
464 // "nullPos" is the number of formal parameters at the end which
465 // effectively count as part of the variadic arguments. This is
466 // useful if you would prefer to not have *any* formal parameters,
467 // but the language forces you to have at least one.
468 unsigned nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
469 assert((nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel");
470 numFormalParams = (nullPos > numFormalParams ? 0 : numFormalParams - nullPos);
472 // The number of arguments which should follow the sentinel.
473 unsigned numArgsAfterSentinel = attr->getSentinel();
475 // If there aren't enough arguments for all the formal parameters,
476 // the sentinel, and the args after the sentinel, complain.
477 if (Args.size() < numFormalParams + numArgsAfterSentinel + 1) {
478 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
479 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType);
483 // Otherwise, find the sentinel expression.
484 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[Args.size() - numArgsAfterSentinel - 1];
485 if (!sentinelExpr) return;
486 if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return;
487 if (Context.isSentinelNullExpr(sentinelExpr)) return;
489 // Pick a reasonable string to insert. Optimistically use 'nil', 'nullptr',
490 // or 'NULL' if those are actually defined in the context. Only use
491 // 'nil' for ObjC methods, where it's much more likely that the
492 // variadic arguments form a list of object pointers.
493 SourceLocation MissingNilLoc
494 = getLocForEndOfToken(sentinelExpr->getLocEnd());
495 std::string NullValue;
496 if (calleeType == CT_Method && PP.isMacroDefined("nil"))
498 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
499 NullValue = "nullptr";
500 else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL"))
503 NullValue = "(void*) 0";
505 if (MissingNilLoc.isInvalid())
506 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << int(calleeType);
508 Diag(MissingNilLoc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel)
510 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(MissingNilLoc, ", " + NullValue);
511 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType);
514 SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(Expr *E) const {
515 return E ? E->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
518 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
519 // Standard Promotions and Conversions
520 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
522 /// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
523 ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) {
524 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
525 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
526 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
527 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
531 QualType Ty = E->getType();
532 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
534 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) {
535 // If we are here, we are not calling a function but taking
536 // its address (which is not allowed in OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3).
537 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
539 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_function_address);
543 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
544 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
545 if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, Diagnose, E->getExprLoc()))
548 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
549 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get();
550 } else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
551 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
552 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
553 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
554 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
555 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
556 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
559 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
560 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
562 if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isLValue())
563 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
564 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
569 static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
570 // Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer. If so,
571 // and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the
572 // optimizer will delete, so warn about it. People sometimes try to use this
573 // to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior. This
574 // only handles the pattern "*null", which is a very syntactic check.
575 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
576 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref &&
577 UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()->
578 isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
579 !UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
580 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
581 S.PDiag(diag::warn_indirection_through_null)
582 << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange());
583 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
584 S.PDiag(diag::note_indirection_through_null));
588 static void DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(Sema &S, const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE,
589 SourceLocation AssignLoc,
591 const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = OIRE->getDecl();
595 DeclarationName MemberName = IV->getDeclName();
596 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
597 if (!Member || !Member->isStr("isa"))
600 const Expr *Base = OIRE->getBase();
601 QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
603 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
604 if (const ObjCObjectType *OTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
605 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = OTy->getInterface()) {
606 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared = nullptr;
607 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
608 if (!ClassDeclared->getSuperClass()
609 && (*ClassDeclared->ivar_begin()) == IV) {
611 NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass =
612 S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
613 &S.Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
614 SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
615 if (ObjectSetClass) {
616 SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS->getLocEnd());
617 S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) <<
618 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getLocStart(), "object_setClass(") <<
619 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(),
621 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
624 S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
626 NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass =
627 S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
628 &S.Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
629 SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
631 S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) <<
632 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getLocStart(), "object_getClass(") <<
633 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
634 SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(),
635 OIRE->getLocEnd()), ")");
637 S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
639 S.Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_ivar_decl);
644 ExprResult Sema::DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
645 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
646 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
647 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
648 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
652 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
653 // A glvalue of a non-function, non-array type T can be
654 // converted to a prvalue.
655 if (!E->isGLValue()) return E;
657 QualType T = E->getType();
658 assert(!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?");
660 // We don't want to throw lvalue-to-rvalue casts on top of
661 // expressions of certain types in C++.
662 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
663 (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ||
664 T->isDependentType() ||
668 // The C standard is actually really unclear on this point, and
669 // DR106 tells us what the result should be but not why. It's
670 // generally best to say that void types just doesn't undergo
671 // lvalue-to-rvalue at all. Note that expressions of unqualified
672 // 'void' type are never l-values, but qualified void can be.
676 // OpenCL usually rejects direct accesses to values of 'half' type.
677 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") &&
679 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_load_store)
684 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, E);
685 if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
686 NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
687 &Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
688 SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
690 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) <<
691 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OISA->getLocStart(), "object_getClass(") <<
692 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
693 SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OISA->getIsaMemberLoc()), ")");
695 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
697 else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
698 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
699 DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, SourceLocation(), /* Expr*/nullptr);
701 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
702 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the
703 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
707 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
708 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
709 // type of the lvalue.
710 if (T.hasQualifiers())
711 T = T.getUnqualifiedType();
713 // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now.
714 if (T->isMemberPointerType() &&
715 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
716 (void)isCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), T);
718 UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E);
720 // Loading a __weak object implicitly retains the value, so we need a cleanup to
722 if (E->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
723 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
725 ExprResult Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_LValueToRValue, E,
729 // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version
730 // of the type of the lvalue ...
731 if (const AtomicType *Atomic = T->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
732 T = Atomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
733 Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, Res.get(),
740 ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) {
741 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E, Diagnose);
744 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get());
750 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
751 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
752 ExprResult Sema::CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
753 QualType Ty = E->getType();
755 // Only do implicit cast for a function type, but not for a pointer
757 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) {
758 Res = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
759 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get();
763 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get());
769 /// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
770 /// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
771 /// sometimes suppressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
772 /// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
773 /// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
774 ExprResult Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
775 // First, convert to an r-value.
776 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
781 QualType Ty = E->getType();
782 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
784 // Half FP have to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported
785 if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().NativeHalfType)
786 return ImpCastExprToType(Res.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast);
788 // Try to perform integral promotions if the object has a theoretically
790 if (Ty->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
793 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
794 // unsigned int may be used:
795 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
796 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
798 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
800 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
801 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
802 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
803 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
805 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E);
807 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
810 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
811 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
812 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PT, CK_IntegralCast).get();
819 /// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
820 /// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float or __fp16
821 /// are promoted to double. All other argument types are converted by
822 /// UsualUnaryConversions().
823 ExprResult Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E) {
824 QualType Ty = E->getType();
825 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
827 ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
832 // If this is a 'float' or '__fp16' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to
834 const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
835 if (BTy && (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
836 BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)) {
837 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
838 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp64")) {
839 if (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half) {
840 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
843 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
847 // C++ performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion as a default argument
848 // promotion, even on class types, but note:
849 // C++11 [conv.lval]p2:
850 // When an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion occurs in an unevaluated
851 // operand or a subexpression thereof the value contained in the
852 // referenced object is not accessed. Otherwise, if the glvalue
853 // has a class type, the conversion copy-initializes a temporary
854 // of type T from the glvalue and the result of the conversion
855 // is a prvalue for the temporary.
856 // FIXME: add some way to gate this entire thing for correctness in
857 // potentially potentially evaluated contexts.
858 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->isGLValue() && !isUnevaluatedContext()) {
859 ExprResult Temp = PerformCopyInitialization(
860 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(E->getType()),
862 if (Temp.isInvalid())
870 /// Determine the degree of POD-ness for an expression.
871 /// Incomplete types are considered POD, since this check can be performed
872 /// when we're in an unevaluated context.
873 Sema::VarArgKind Sema::isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty) {
874 if (Ty->isIncompleteType()) {
875 // C++11 [expr.call]p7:
876 // After these conversions, if the argument does not have arithmetic,
877 // enumeration, pointer, pointer to member, or class type, the program
880 // Since we've already performed array-to-pointer and function-to-pointer
881 // decay, the only such type in C++ is cv void. This also handles
882 // initializer lists as variadic arguments.
883 if (Ty->isVoidType())
886 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
891 if (Ty.isCXX98PODType(Context))
894 // C++11 [expr.call]p7:
895 // Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9)
896 // having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor,
897 // or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter,
898 // is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics.
899 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Ty->isDependentType())
900 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
901 if (!Record->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
902 !Record->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
903 !Record->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
904 return VAK_ValidInCXX11;
906 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Ty->isObjCLifetimeType())
909 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
912 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
913 return VAK_MSVCUndefined;
915 // FIXME: In C++11, these cases are conditionally-supported, meaning we're
916 // permitted to reject them. We should consider doing so.
917 return VAK_Undefined;
920 void Sema::checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT) {
921 // Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg.
922 const QualType &Ty = E->getType();
923 VarArgKind VAK = isValidVarArgType(Ty);
925 // Complain about passing non-POD types through varargs.
927 case VAK_ValidInCXX11:
929 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
930 PDiag(diag::warn_cxx98_compat_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
934 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
935 // This is unlikely to be what the user intended. If the class has a
936 // 'c_str' member function, the user probably meant to call that.
937 DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
938 PDiag(diag::warn_pass_class_arg_to_vararg)
939 << Ty << CT << hasCStrMethod(E) << ".c_str()");
944 case VAK_MSVCUndefined:
946 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
947 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
948 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << Ty << CT);
952 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
954 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
955 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
958 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg)
959 << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << Ty << CT;
964 /// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
965 /// will create a trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
966 ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
967 FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
968 if (const BuiltinType *PlaceholderTy = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
969 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
970 if (PlaceholderTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast &&
971 (CT == VariadicMethod ||
972 (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>()))) {
973 E = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
975 // Otherwise, do normal placeholder checking.
977 ExprResult ExprRes = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
978 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
984 ExprResult ExprRes = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E);
985 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
989 // Diagnostics regarding non-POD argument types are
990 // emitted along with format string checking in Sema::CheckFunctionCall().
991 if (isValidVarArgType(E->getType()) == VAK_Undefined) {
992 // Turn this into a trap.
994 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
996 Name.setIdentifier(PP.getIdentifierInfo("__builtin_trap"),
998 ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(TUScope, SS, TemplateKWLoc,
1000 if (TrapFn.isInvalid())
1003 ExprResult Call = ActOnCallExpr(TUScope, TrapFn.get(),
1004 E->getLocStart(), None,
1006 if (Call.isInvalid())
1009 ExprResult Comma = ActOnBinOp(TUScope, E->getLocStart(), tok::comma,
1011 if (Comma.isInvalid())
1016 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
1017 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
1018 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument))
1024 /// \brief Converts an integer to complex float type. Helper function of
1025 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
1027 /// \return false if the integer expression is an integer type and is
1028 /// successfully converted to the complex type.
1029 static bool handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &IntExpr,
1030 ExprResult &ComplexExpr,
1034 if (IntTy->isComplexType() || IntTy->isRealFloatingType()) return true;
1035 if (SkipCast) return false;
1036 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
1037 QualType fpTy = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType();
1038 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), fpTy, CK_IntegralToFloating);
1039 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy,
1040 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
1042 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
1043 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy,
1044 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
1049 /// \brief Handle arithmetic conversion with complex types. Helper function of
1050 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
1051 static QualType handleComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1052 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1054 bool IsCompAssign) {
1055 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
1056 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
1059 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1060 /*skipCast*/IsCompAssign))
1063 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
1064 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
1065 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
1066 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
1067 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
1068 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
1069 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
1070 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
1071 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
1072 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
1074 // Compute the rank of the two types, regardless of whether they are complex.
1075 int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1077 auto *LHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(LHSType);
1078 auto *RHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(RHSType);
1079 QualType LHSElementType =
1080 LHSComplexType ? LHSComplexType->getElementType() : LHSType;
1081 QualType RHSElementType =
1082 RHSComplexType ? RHSComplexType->getElementType() : RHSType;
1084 QualType ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(LHSElementType);
1086 // Promote the precision of the LHS if not an assignment.
1087 ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(RHSElementType);
1088 if (!IsCompAssign) {
1091 S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
1093 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast);
1095 } else if (Order > 0) {
1096 // Promote the precision of the RHS.
1098 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
1100 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast);
1105 /// \brief Hande arithmetic conversion from integer to float. Helper function
1106 /// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1107 static QualType handleIntToFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &FloatExpr,
1108 ExprResult &IntExpr,
1109 QualType FloatTy, QualType IntTy,
1110 bool ConvertFloat, bool ConvertInt) {
1111 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
1113 // Convert intExpr to the lhs floating point type.
1114 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), FloatTy,
1115 CK_IntegralToFloating);
1119 // Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float.
1120 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
1121 QualType result = S.Context.getComplexType(FloatTy);
1123 // _Complex int -> _Complex float
1125 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), result,
1126 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
1128 // float -> _Complex float
1130 FloatExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(FloatExpr.get(), result,
1131 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
1136 /// \brief Handle arithmethic conversion with floating point types. Helper
1137 /// function of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1138 static QualType handleFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1139 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1140 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
1141 bool LHSFloat = LHSType->isRealFloatingType();
1142 bool RHSFloat = RHSType->isRealFloatingType();
1144 // If we have two real floating types, convert the smaller operand
1145 // to the bigger result.
1146 if (LHSFloat && RHSFloat) {
1147 int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1149 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
1153 assert(order < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
1155 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
1160 // Half FP has to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported
1161 if (LHSType->isHalfType() && !S.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType)
1162 LHSType = S.Context.FloatTy;
1164 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1165 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign,
1166 /*convertInt=*/ true);
1169 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
1170 /*convertInt=*/ true,
1171 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign);
1174 /// \brief Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double if
1175 /// there is no support for such conversion. Helper function of
1176 /// UsualArithmeticConversions().
1177 static bool unsupportedTypeConversion(const Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
1179 /* No issue converting if at least one of the types is not a floating point
1180 type or the two types have the same rank.
1182 if (!LHSType->isFloatingType() || !RHSType->isFloatingType() ||
1183 S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType) == 0)
1186 assert(LHSType->isFloatingType() && RHSType->isFloatingType() &&
1187 "The remaining types must be floating point types.");
1189 auto *LHSComplex = LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>();
1190 auto *RHSComplex = RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>();
1192 QualType LHSElemType = LHSComplex ?
1193 LHSComplex->getElementType() : LHSType;
1194 QualType RHSElemType = RHSComplex ?
1195 RHSComplex->getElementType() : RHSType;
1197 // No issue if the two types have the same representation
1198 if (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(LHSElemType) ==
1199 &S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(RHSElemType))
1202 bool Float128AndLongDouble = (LHSElemType == S.Context.Float128Ty &&
1203 RHSElemType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy);
1204 Float128AndLongDouble |= (LHSElemType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy &&
1205 RHSElemType == S.Context.Float128Ty);
1207 /* We've handled the situation where __float128 and long double have the same
1208 representation. The only other allowable conversion is if long double is
1211 return Float128AndLongDouble &&
1212 (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(S.Context.LongDoubleTy) !=
1213 &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble());
1216 typedef ExprResult PerformCastFn(Sema &S, Expr *operand, QualType toType);
1219 /// These helper callbacks are placed in an anonymous namespace to
1220 /// permit their use as function template parameters.
1221 ExprResult doIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
1222 return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, toType, CK_IntegralCast);
1225 ExprResult doComplexIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
1226 return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, S.Context.getComplexType(toType),
1227 CK_IntegralComplexCast);
1231 /// \brief Handle integer arithmetic conversions. Helper function of
1232 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
1233 template <PerformCastFn doLHSCast, PerformCastFn doRHSCast>
1234 static QualType handleIntegerConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1235 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1236 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
1237 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
1238 int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1239 bool LHSSigned = LHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
1240 bool RHSSigned = RHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
1241 if (LHSSigned == RHSSigned) {
1242 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
1244 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1246 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1247 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1249 } else if (order != (LHSSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
1250 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
1251 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
1253 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1255 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1256 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1258 } else if (S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSType) != S.Context.getIntWidth(RHSType)) {
1259 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
1260 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
1261 // use the signed type.
1263 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1265 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1266 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1269 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
1270 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
1271 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
1272 // to the signed type.
1274 S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(LHSSigned ? LHSType : RHSType);
1275 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), result);
1277 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), result);
1282 /// \brief Handle conversions with GCC complex int extension. Helper function
1283 /// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1284 static QualType handleComplexIntConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1285 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1287 bool IsCompAssign) {
1288 const ComplexType *LHSComplexInt = LHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
1289 const ComplexType *RHSComplexInt = RHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
1291 if (LHSComplexInt && RHSComplexInt) {
1292 QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1293 QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1294 QualType ScalarType =
1295 handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
1296 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
1298 return S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1301 if (LHSComplexInt) {
1302 QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1303 QualType ScalarType =
1304 handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
1305 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
1306 QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1307 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ComplexType,
1308 CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
1313 assert(RHSComplexInt);
1315 QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1316 QualType ScalarType =
1317 handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
1318 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
1319 QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1322 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ComplexType,
1323 CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
1327 /// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
1328 /// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
1329 /// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
1330 /// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
1331 QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
1332 bool IsCompAssign) {
1333 if (!IsCompAssign) {
1334 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
1335 if (LHS.isInvalid())
1339 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
1340 if (RHS.isInvalid())
1343 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
1344 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
1346 Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
1348 Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
1350 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any atomic qualifier on the LHS.
1351 if (const AtomicType *AtomicLHS = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
1352 LHSType = AtomicLHS->getValueType();
1354 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
1355 if (LHSType == RHSType)
1358 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
1359 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
1360 if (!LHSType->isArithmeticType() || !RHSType->isArithmeticType())
1363 // Apply unary and bitfield promotions to the LHS's type.
1364 QualType LHSUnpromotedType = LHSType;
1365 if (LHSType->isPromotableIntegerType())
1366 LHSType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSType);
1367 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
1368 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
1369 LHSType = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
1370 if (LHSType != LHSUnpromotedType && !IsCompAssign)
1371 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast);
1373 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
1374 if (LHSType == RHSType)
1377 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
1379 // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where
1380 // such conversions currently can't be handled.
1381 if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType))
1384 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
1385 if (LHSType->isComplexType() || RHSType->isComplexType())
1386 return handleComplexFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1389 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
1390 if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType())
1391 return handleFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1394 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
1395 if (LHSType->isComplexIntegerType() || RHSType->isComplexIntegerType())
1396 return handleComplexIntConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1399 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
1400 return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
1401 (*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
1405 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1406 // Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
1407 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1411 Sema::ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
1412 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
1413 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1414 Expr *ControllingExpr,
1415 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
1416 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs) {
1417 unsigned NumAssocs = ArgTypes.size();
1418 assert(NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size());
1420 TypeSourceInfo **Types = new TypeSourceInfo*[NumAssocs];
1421 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1423 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ArgTypes[i], &Types[i]);
1428 ExprResult ER = CreateGenericSelectionExpr(KeyLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1430 llvm::makeArrayRef(Types, NumAssocs),
1437 Sema::CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
1438 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
1439 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1440 Expr *ControllingExpr,
1441 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
1442 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs) {
1443 unsigned NumAssocs = Types.size();
1444 assert(NumAssocs == Exprs.size());
1446 // Decay and strip qualifiers for the controlling expression type, and handle
1447 // placeholder type replacement. See committee discussion from WG14 DR423.
1449 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
1450 *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
1451 ExprResult R = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ControllingExpr);
1454 ControllingExpr = R.get();
1457 // The controlling expression is an unevaluated operand, so side effects are
1458 // likely unintended.
1459 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() &&
1460 ControllingExpr->HasSideEffects(Context, false))
1461 Diag(ControllingExpr->getExprLoc(),
1462 diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
1464 bool TypeErrorFound = false,
1465 IsResultDependent = ControllingExpr->isTypeDependent(),
1466 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack
1467 = ControllingExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack();
1469 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1470 if (Exprs[i]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
1471 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
1474 if (Types[i]->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
1475 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
1477 if (Types[i]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
1478 IsResultDependent = true;
1480 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The type name in a generic association shall specify a
1481 // complete object type other than a variably modified type."
1483 if (Types[i]->getType()->isIncompleteType())
1484 D = diag::err_assoc_type_incomplete;
1485 else if (!Types[i]->getType()->isObjectType())
1486 D = diag::err_assoc_type_nonobject;
1487 else if (Types[i]->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
1488 D = diag::err_assoc_type_variably_modified;
1491 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), D)
1492 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1493 << Types[i]->getType();
1494 TypeErrorFound = true;
1497 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "No two generic associations in the same generic
1498 // selection shall specify compatible types."
1499 for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumAssocs; ++j)
1500 if (Types[j] && !Types[j]->getType()->isDependentType() &&
1501 Context.typesAreCompatible(Types[i]->getType(),
1502 Types[j]->getType())) {
1503 Diag(Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1504 diag::err_assoc_compatible_types)
1505 << Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1506 << Types[j]->getType()
1507 << Types[i]->getType();
1508 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1509 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1510 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1511 << Types[i]->getType();
1512 TypeErrorFound = true;
1520 // If we determined that the generic selection is result-dependent, don't
1521 // try to compute the result expression.
1522 if (IsResultDependent)
1523 return new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
1524 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1525 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
1527 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> CompatIndices;
1528 unsigned DefaultIndex = -1U;
1529 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1532 else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(ControllingExpr->getType(),
1533 Types[i]->getType()))
1534 CompatIndices.push_back(i);
1537 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The controlling expression of a generic selection shall have
1538 // type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic
1539 // association list."
1540 if (CompatIndices.size() > 1) {
1541 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1542 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1543 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1544 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_multi_match)
1545 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType()
1546 << (unsigned) CompatIndices.size();
1547 for (unsigned I : CompatIndices) {
1548 Diag(Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1549 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1550 << Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1551 << Types[I]->getType();
1556 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "If a generic selection has no default generic association,
1557 // its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of
1558 // the types named in its generic association list."
1559 if (DefaultIndex == -1U && CompatIndices.size() == 0) {
1560 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1561 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1562 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1563 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_no_match)
1564 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType();
1568 // C11 6.5.1.1p3 "If a generic selection has a generic association with a
1569 // type name that is compatible with the type of the controlling expression,
1570 // then the result expression of the generic selection is the expression
1571 // in that generic association. Otherwise, the result expression of the
1572 // generic selection is the expression in the default generic association."
1573 unsigned ResultIndex =
1574 CompatIndices.size() ? CompatIndices[0] : DefaultIndex;
1576 return new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
1577 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1578 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, ResultIndex);
1581 /// getUDSuffixLoc - Create a SourceLocation for a ud-suffix, given the
1582 /// location of the token and the offset of the ud-suffix within it.
1583 static SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc(Sema &S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
1585 return Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(TokLoc, Offset, S.getSourceManager(),
1589 /// BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall - A user-defined literal was found. Look up
1590 /// the corresponding cooked (non-raw) literal operator, and build a call to it.
1591 static ExprResult BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(Sema &S, Scope *Scope,
1592 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix,
1593 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc,
1594 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
1595 SourceLocation LitEndLoc) {
1596 assert(Args.size() <= 2 && "too many arguments for literal operator");
1599 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
1600 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = Args[ArgIdx]->getType();
1601 if (ArgTy[ArgIdx]->isArrayType())
1602 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(ArgTy[ArgIdx]);
1605 DeclarationName OpName =
1606 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
1607 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
1608 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
1610 LookupResult R(S, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1611 if (S.LookupLiteralOperator(Scope, R, llvm::makeArrayRef(ArgTy, Args.size()),
1612 /*AllowRaw*/false, /*AllowTemplate*/false,
1613 /*AllowStringTemplate*/false) == Sema::LOLR_Error)
1616 return S.BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, LitEndLoc);
1619 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
1620 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
1621 /// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
1622 /// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
1626 Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, Scope *UDLScope) {
1627 assert(!StringToks.empty() && "Must have at least one string!");
1629 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, PP);
1630 if (Literal.hadError)
1633 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
1634 for (const Token &Tok : StringToks)
1635 StringTokLocs.push_back(Tok.getLocation());
1637 QualType CharTy = Context.CharTy;
1638 StringLiteral::StringKind Kind = StringLiteral::Ascii;
1639 if (Literal.isWide()) {
1640 CharTy = Context.getWideCharType();
1641 Kind = StringLiteral::Wide;
1642 } else if (Literal.isUTF8()) {
1643 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF8;
1644 } else if (Literal.isUTF16()) {
1645 CharTy = Context.Char16Ty;
1646 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF16;
1647 } else if (Literal.isUTF32()) {
1648 CharTy = Context.Char32Ty;
1649 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF32;
1650 } else if (Literal.isPascal()) {
1651 CharTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
1654 QualType CharTyConst = CharTy;
1655 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
1656 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || getLangOpts().ConstStrings)
1657 CharTyConst.addConst();
1659 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
1660 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
1662 QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(CharTyConst,
1663 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
1664 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1666 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: a string literal is in the constant address space.
1667 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
1668 StrTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(StrTy, LangAS::opencl_constant);
1671 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
1672 StringLiteral *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
1673 Kind, Literal.Pascal, StrTy,
1675 StringTokLocs.size());
1676 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
1679 // We're building a user-defined literal.
1680 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
1681 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
1682 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, StringTokLocs[Literal.getUDSuffixToken()],
1683 Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
1685 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
1687 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_string_udl));
1689 // C++11 [lex.ext]p5: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
1690 // operator "" X (str, len)
1691 QualType SizeType = Context.getSizeType();
1693 DeclarationName OpName =
1694 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
1695 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
1696 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
1698 QualType ArgTy[] = {
1699 Context.getArrayDecayedType(StrTy), SizeType
1702 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1703 switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, ArgTy,
1704 /*AllowRaw*/false, /*AllowTemplate*/false,
1705 /*AllowStringTemplate*/true)) {
1708 llvm::APInt Len(Context.getIntWidth(SizeType), Literal.GetNumStringChars());
1709 IntegerLiteral *LenArg = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Len, SizeType,
1711 Expr *Args[] = { Lit, LenArg };
1713 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, StringTokLocs.back());
1716 case LOLR_StringTemplate: {
1717 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
1719 unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(CharTy);
1720 bool CharIsUnsigned = CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
1721 llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
1723 TemplateArgument TypeArg(CharTy);
1724 TemplateArgumentLocInfo TypeArgInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharTy));
1725 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(TypeArg, TypeArgInfo));
1727 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Lit->getLength(); I != N; ++I) {
1728 Value = Lit->getCodeUnit(I);
1729 TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, CharTy);
1730 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
1731 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
1733 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, StringTokLocs.back(),
1738 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
1742 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
1746 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1748 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
1749 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc);
1750 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, SS);
1753 /// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a
1754 /// declaration that does not require a closure capture.
1756 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1757 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1758 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *FoundD,
1759 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1760 bool RefersToCapturedVariable =
1762 NeedToCaptureVariable(cast<VarDecl>(D), NameInfo.getLoc());
1765 if (isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
1766 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec =
1767 cast<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D);
1769 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)
1770 : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
1771 VarSpec->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), D,
1772 RefersToCapturedVariable, NameInfo.getLoc(), Ty, VK,
1773 FoundD, TemplateArgs);
1775 assert(!TemplateArgs && "No template arguments for non-variable"
1776 " template specialization references");
1777 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)
1778 : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
1779 SourceLocation(), D, RefersToCapturedVariable,
1780 NameInfo, Ty, VK, FoundD);
1783 MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
1785 if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak && isa<VarDecl>(D) &&
1786 Ty.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
1787 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, E->getLocStart()))
1788 recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(E);
1790 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D);
1791 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(D))
1792 FD = IFD->getAnonField();
1794 UnusedPrivateFields.remove(FD);
1795 // Just in case we're building an illegal pointer-to-member.
1796 if (FD->isBitField())
1797 E->setObjectKind(OK_BitField);
1800 // C++ [expr.prim]/8: The expression [...] is a bit-field if the identifier
1801 // designates a bit-field.
1802 if (auto *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(D))
1803 if (auto *BE = BD->getBinding())
1804 E->setObjectKind(BE->getObjectKind());
1809 /// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and
1810 /// possibly a list of template arguments.
1812 /// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
1813 /// DecomposeTemplateName.
1815 /// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
1816 /// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
1819 Sema::DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
1820 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
1821 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1822 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
1823 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
1824 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
1825 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
1827 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
1828 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
1829 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
1831 TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get();
1832 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
1833 NameInfo = Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
1834 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
1836 NameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
1837 TemplateArgs = nullptr;
1841 static void emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(
1842 const TypoCorrection &TC, Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1843 DeclarationName Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1844 unsigned DiagnosticID, unsigned DiagnosticSuggestID) {
1846 SS.isEmpty() ? nullptr : SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
1848 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1849 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1851 SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Typo << Ctx
1854 SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, DiagnosticID) << Typo;
1858 std::string CorrectedStr = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
1859 bool DroppedSpecifier =
1860 TC.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Typo.getAsString() == CorrectedStr;
1861 unsigned NoteID = TC.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>()
1862 ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl
1863 : diag::note_previous_decl;
1865 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(DiagnosticSuggestID) << Typo,
1866 SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID));
1868 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest)
1869 << Typo << Ctx << DroppedSpecifier
1871 SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID));
1874 /// Diagnose an empty lookup.
1876 /// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
1878 Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
1879 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
1880 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1881 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, TypoExpr **Out) {
1882 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
1884 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
1885 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
1886 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
1887 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
1888 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
1889 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
1890 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
1893 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
1894 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
1895 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
1897 DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty() ? CurContext : nullptr;
1899 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
1900 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1903 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
1904 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1906 // During a default argument instantiation the CurContext points
1907 // to a CXXMethodDecl; but we can't apply a this-> fixit inside a
1908 // function parameter list, hence add an explicit check.
1909 bool isDefaultArgument =
1910 !CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
1911 CodeSynthesisContexts.back().Kind ==
1912 CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation;
1913 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
1914 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
1915 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
1916 DC == CurMethod->getParent() && !isDefaultArgument;
1918 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
1919 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
1920 // Actually quite difficult!
1921 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
1922 diagnostic = diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup;
1924 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
1925 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
1926 CheckCXXThisCapture(R.getNameLoc());
1928 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1931 // Do we really want to note all of these?
1932 for (NamedDecl *D : R)
1933 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
1935 // Return true if we are inside a default argument instantiation
1936 // and the found name refers to an instance member function, otherwise
1937 // the function calling DiagnoseEmptyLookup will try to create an
1938 // implicit member call and this is wrong for default argument.
1939 if (isDefaultArgument && ((*R.begin())->isCXXInstanceMember())) {
1940 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_member_call_without_object);
1944 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
1951 // In Microsoft mode, if we are performing lookup from within a friend
1952 // function definition declared at class scope then we must set
1953 // DC to the lexical parent to be able to search into the parent
1955 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) &&
1956 cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)->getFriendObjectKind() &&
1957 DC->getLexicalParent()->isRecord())
1958 DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1960 DC = DC->getParent();
1963 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
1964 TypoCorrection Corrected;
1966 SourceLocation TypoLoc = R.getNameLoc();
1967 assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs &&
1968 "Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!");
1969 *Out = CorrectTypoDelayed(
1970 R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), S, &SS, std::move(CCC),
1971 [=](const TypoCorrection &TC) {
1972 emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(TC, *this, SS, Name, TypoLoc, Args,
1973 diagnostic, diagnostic_suggest);
1975 nullptr, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
1978 } else if (S && (Corrected =
1979 CorrectTypo(R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), S,
1980 &SS, std::move(CCC), CTK_ErrorRecovery))) {
1981 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
1982 bool DroppedSpecifier =
1983 Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Name.getAsString() == CorrectedStr;
1984 R.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
1986 bool AcceptableWithRecovery = false;
1987 bool AcceptableWithoutRecovery = false;
1988 NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
1990 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
1991 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(R.getNameLoc(),
1992 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
1993 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1994 for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) {
1995 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD =
1996 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(CD))
1997 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
1998 FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, AS_none), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2000 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD))
2001 if (!ExplicitTemplateArgs || ExplicitTemplateArgs->size() == 0)
2002 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none),
2005 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
2007 ND = Best->FoundDecl;
2008 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
2011 // FIXME: Arbitrarily pick the first declaration for the note.
2012 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
2017 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
2018 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
2019 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) {
2020 const Type *Ty = Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()->getAsType();
2021 Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
2024 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
2025 ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
2026 R.setNamingClass(Record);
2029 auto *UnderlyingND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
2030 AcceptableWithRecovery = isa<ValueDecl>(UnderlyingND) ||
2031 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(UnderlyingND);
2032 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
2033 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
2034 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
2035 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
2036 // to recover well anyway.
2037 AcceptableWithoutRecovery =
2038 isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingND);
2040 // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
2041 // because we aren't able to recover.
2042 AcceptableWithoutRecovery = true;
2045 if (AcceptableWithRecovery || AcceptableWithoutRecovery) {
2046 unsigned NoteID = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>()
2047 ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl
2048 : diag::note_previous_decl;
2050 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diagnostic_suggest) << Name,
2051 PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery);
2053 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2054 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2055 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange(),
2056 PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery);
2058 // Tell the callee whether to try to recover.
2059 return !AcceptableWithRecovery;
2064 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
2065 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
2066 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
2067 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
2068 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2073 // Give up, we can't recover.
2074 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
2078 /// In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class whose parent class has
2079 /// dependent base classes, and we can't resolve an unqualified identifier, then
2080 /// assume the identifier is a member of a dependent base class. We can only
2081 /// recover successfully in static methods, instance methods, and other contexts
2082 /// where 'this' is available. This doesn't precisely match MSVC's
2083 /// instantiation model, but it's close enough.
2085 recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context,
2086 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2087 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2088 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2089 // Only try to recover from lookup into dependent bases in static methods or
2090 // contexts where 'this' is available.
2091 QualType ThisType = S.getCurrentThisType();
2092 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
2093 if (!ThisType.isNull())
2094 RD = ThisType->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
2095 else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(S.CurContext))
2096 RD = MD->getParent();
2097 if (!RD || !RD->hasAnyDependentBases())
2100 // Diagnose this as unqualified lookup into a dependent base class. If 'this'
2101 // is available, suggest inserting 'this->' as a fixit.
2102 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2103 auto DB = S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base);
2104 DB << NameInfo.getName() << RD;
2106 if (!ThisType.isNull()) {
2107 DB << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "this->");
2108 return CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(
2109 Context, /*This=*/nullptr, ThisType, /*IsArrow=*/true,
2110 /*Op=*/SourceLocation(), NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), TemplateKWLoc,
2111 /*FirstQualifierInScope=*/nullptr, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
2114 // Synthesize a fake NNS that points to the derived class. This will
2115 // perform name lookup during template instantiation.
2118 NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, true, RD->getTypeForDecl());
2119 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(Loc, Loc));
2120 return DependentScopeDeclRefExpr::Create(
2121 Context, SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2126 Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2127 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, UnqualifiedId &Id,
2128 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
2129 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2130 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier, Token *KeywordReplacement) {
2131 assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
2132 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
2136 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
2138 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
2139 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
2140 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
2141 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
2143 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
2144 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2145 SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2147 if (II && II->isEditorPlaceholder()) {
2148 // FIXME: When typed placeholders are supported we can create a typed
2149 // placeholder expression node.
2153 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
2154 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
2155 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
2156 // (note: handled after lookup)
2157 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
2158 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
2159 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
2160 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
2161 // names a dependent type.
2162 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
2163 // we need to handle these differently.
2164 bool DependentID = false;
2165 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
2166 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) {
2168 } else if (SS.isSet()) {
2169 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) {
2170 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
2178 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2179 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2181 // Perform the required lookup.
2182 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo,
2183 (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam)
2184 ? LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam : LookupOrdinaryName);
2186 // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in
2187 // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the
2188 // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If
2189 // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those
2190 // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it.
2191 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
2192 LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false,
2193 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
2195 if (MemberOfUnknownSpecialization ||
2196 (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation))
2197 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2198 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2200 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = II && !SS.isSet() && getCurMethodDecl();
2201 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
2203 // If the result might be in a dependent base class, this is a dependent
2205 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
2206 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2207 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2209 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
2210 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
2211 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
2212 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
2216 if (Expr *Ex = E.getAs<Expr>())
2221 if (R.isAmbiguous())
2224 // This could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal in C90,
2225 // extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
2226 if (R.empty() && HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2227 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
2228 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
2231 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
2232 // argument-dependent lookup.
2233 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
2235 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
2236 if (SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
2237 if (Expr *E = recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(*this, Context, NameInfo,
2238 TemplateKWLoc, TemplateArgs))
2242 // Don't diagnose an empty lookup for inline assembly.
2243 if (IsInlineAsmIdentifier)
2246 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
2247 // call, diagnose the problem.
2248 TypoExpr *TE = nullptr;
2249 auto DefaultValidator = llvm::make_unique<CorrectionCandidateCallback>(
2250 II, SS.isValid() ? SS.getScopeRep() : nullptr);
2251 DefaultValidator->IsAddressOfOperand = IsAddressOfOperand;
2252 assert((!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) &&
2253 "Typo correction callback misconfigured");
2255 // Make sure the callback knows what the typo being diagnosed is.
2256 CCC->setTypoName(II);
2258 CCC->setTypoNNS(SS.getScopeRep());
2260 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R,
2261 CCC ? std::move(CCC) : std::move(DefaultValidator),
2262 nullptr, None, &TE)) {
2263 if (TE && KeywordReplacement) {
2264 auto &State = getTypoExprState(TE);
2265 auto BestTC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection();
2266 if (BestTC.isKeyword()) {
2267 auto *II = BestTC.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
2268 if (State.DiagHandler)
2269 State.DiagHandler(BestTC);
2270 KeywordReplacement->startToken();
2271 KeywordReplacement->setKind(II->getTokenID());
2272 KeywordReplacement->setIdentifierInfo(II);
2273 KeywordReplacement->setLocation(BestTC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin());
2274 // Clean up the state associated with the TypoExpr, since it has
2275 // now been diagnosed (without a call to CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr).
2276 clearDelayedTypo(TE);
2277 // Signal that a correction to a keyword was performed by returning a
2278 // valid-but-null ExprResult.
2279 return (Expr*)nullptr;
2281 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
2283 return TE ? TE : ExprError();
2286 assert(!R.empty() &&
2287 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
2289 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
2290 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
2291 // reference the ivar.
2292 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
2294 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
2295 // In a hopelessly buggy code, Objective-C instance variable
2296 // lookup fails and no expression will be built to reference it.
2297 if (!E.isInvalid() && !E.get())
2303 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
2304 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
2306 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
2307 // C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3:
2308 // When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access
2309 // syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the
2310 // body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup
2311 // resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type
2312 // member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a
2313 // class member access expression using (*this) as the
2314 // postfix-expression to the left of the . operator.
2316 // But we don't actually need to do this for '&' operands if R
2317 // resolved to a function or overloaded function set, because the
2318 // expression is ill-formed if it actually works out to be a
2319 // non-static member function:
2321 // C++ [expr.ref]p4:
2322 // Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function. . .
2323 // [t]he expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a
2324 // member function call.
2326 // There are other safeguards against such uses, but it's important
2327 // to get this right here so that we don't end up making a
2328 // spuriously dependent expression if we're inside a dependent
2330 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
2331 bool MightBeImplicitMember;
2332 if (!IsAddressOfOperand)
2333 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
2334 else if (!SS.isEmpty())
2335 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
2336 else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
2337 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
2338 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
2339 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
2341 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
2342 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
2343 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
2345 if (MightBeImplicitMember)
2346 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc,
2347 R, TemplateArgs, S);
2350 if (TemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) {
2352 // In C++1y, if this is a variable template id, then check it
2353 // in BuildTemplateIdExpr().
2354 // The single lookup result must be a variable template declaration.
2355 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && Id.TemplateId &&
2356 Id.TemplateId->Kind == TNK_Var_template) {
2357 assert(R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() &&
2358 "There should only be one declaration found.");
2361 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, ADL, TemplateArgs);
2364 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
2367 /// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
2368 /// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
2369 /// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
2371 ExprResult Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(
2372 CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2373 bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI) {
2374 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2376 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2377 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
2379 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
2382 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
2383 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
2385 if (R.isAmbiguous())
2388 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
2389 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2390 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
2393 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
2394 << NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange();
2398 if (const TypeDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
2399 // Diagnose a missing typename if this resolved unambiguously to a type in
2400 // a dependent context. If we can recover with a type, downgrade this to
2401 // a warning in Microsoft compatibility mode.
2402 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
2403 if (RecoveryTSI && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
2404 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
2405 SourceLocation Loc = SS.getBeginLoc();
2406 auto D = Diag(Loc, DiagID);
2407 D << SS.getScopeRep() << NameInfo.getName().getAsString()
2408 << SourceRange(Loc, NameInfo.getEndLoc());
2410 // Don't recover if the caller isn't expecting us to or if we're in a SFINAE
2415 // Only issue the fixit if we're prepared to recover.
2416 D << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "typename ");
2418 // Recover by pretending this was an elaborated type.
2419 QualType Ty = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
2421 TLB.pushTypeSpec(Ty).setNameLoc(NameInfo.getLoc());
2423 QualType ET = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, Ty);
2424 ElaboratedTypeLoc QTL = TLB.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(ET);
2425 QTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
2426 QTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
2428 *RecoveryTSI = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, ET);
2433 // Defend against this resolving to an implicit member access. We usually
2434 // won't get here if this might be a legitimate a class member (we end up in
2435 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr instead), but this can be valid if we're forming
2436 // a pointer-to-member or in an unevaluated context in C++11.
2437 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember() && !IsAddressOfOperand)
2438 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS,
2439 /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2440 R, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, S);
2442 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ false);
2445 /// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
2446 /// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
2447 /// additional lookup.
2449 /// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
2450 /// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
2452 /// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
2454 Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
2455 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
2456 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
2457 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
2459 // Check for error condition which is already reported.
2463 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
2464 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
2465 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
2466 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
2467 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
2469 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
2470 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
2471 // ivar, that's an error.
2472 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
2476 LookForIvars = true;
2477 else if (IsClassMethod)
2478 LookForIvars = false;
2480 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
2481 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
2482 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
2484 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
2485 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2486 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = nullptr;
2487 if (IFace && (IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared))) {
2488 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
2490 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_use_in_class_method)
2491 << IV->getDeclName());
2493 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
2494 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
2495 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2498 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
2499 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
2502 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
2503 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
2504 !declaresSameEntity(ClassDeclared, IFace) &&
2505 !getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport)
2506 Diag(Loc, diag::err_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2508 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
2509 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
2510 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
2511 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
2512 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
2513 SelfName.setKind(UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam);
2514 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
2515 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
2516 ExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, TemplateKWLoc,
2517 SelfName, false, false);
2518 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
2521 SelfExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(SelfExpr.get());
2522 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
2525 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, IV, true);
2527 ObjCMethodFamily MF = CurMethod->getMethodFamily();
2528 if (MF != OMF_init && MF != OMF_dealloc && MF != OMF_finalize &&
2529 !IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(IFace, CurMethod, IV))
2530 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2532 ObjCIvarRefExpr *Result = new (Context)
2533 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getUsageType(SelfExpr.get()->getType()), Loc,
2534 IV->getLocation(), SelfExpr.get(), true, true);
2536 if (IV->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
2537 if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc))
2538 recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(Result);
2540 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
2541 if (CurContext->isClosure())
2542 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self)
2543 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "self->");
2548 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
2549 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
2550 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) {
2551 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2552 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
2553 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
2554 declaresSameEntity(IFace, ClassDeclared))
2555 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
2558 } else if (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
2559 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
2560 // If accessing a stand-alone ivar in a class method, this is an error.
2561 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Lookup.getFoundDecl()))
2562 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_use_in_class_method)
2563 << IV->getDeclName());
2566 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
2567 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
2568 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
2569 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2570 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
2571 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
2572 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
2573 Lookup.getNameLoc());
2574 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
2578 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
2579 return ExprResult((Expr *)nullptr);
2582 /// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
2584 /// Logically this happens in three phases:
2586 /// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
2587 /// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
2588 /// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
2589 /// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
2591 /// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
2592 /// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
2593 /// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
2594 /// the class declaring the member.
2596 /// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
2597 /// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
2598 /// obey access control.
2600 Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2601 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2602 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2603 NamedDecl *Member) {
2604 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
2608 QualType DestRecordType;
2610 QualType FromRecordType;
2611 QualType FromType = From->getType();
2612 bool PointerConversions = false;
2613 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
2614 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
2616 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2617 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
2618 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2619 PointerConversions = true;
2621 DestType = DestRecordType;
2622 FromRecordType = FromType;
2624 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
2625 if (Method->isStatic())
2628 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2629 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
2631 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2632 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2633 PointerConversions = true;
2635 FromRecordType = FromType;
2636 DestType = DestRecordType;
2639 // No conversion necessary.
2643 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
2646 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
2647 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
2650 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
2651 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
2653 ExprValueKind VK = From->getValueKind();
2655 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
2656 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
2659 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
2660 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
2661 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
2662 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
2664 // class Base { public: int x; };
2665 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
2666 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
2667 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
2669 // void VeryDerived::f() {
2670 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
2671 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
2673 if (Qualifier && Qualifier->getAsType()) {
2674 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
2675 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
2677 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
2679 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
2680 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
2681 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
2682 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromLoc, FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
2683 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2684 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
2685 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
2688 if (PointerConversions)
2689 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
2690 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2691 VK, &BasePath).get();
2694 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
2696 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
2698 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
2703 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
2705 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
2706 // down to the using declaration's type.
2708 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
2709 // class ever has member declarations.
2710 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
2711 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
2712 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
2713 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
2715 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
2716 // conversion is non-trivial.
2717 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
2718 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromLoc, FromRecordType, URecordType));
2719 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2720 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
2721 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
2724 QualType UType = URecordType;
2725 if (PointerConversions)
2726 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
2727 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2728 VK, &BasePath).get();
2730 FromRecordType = URecordType;
2733 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
2734 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
2735 IgnoreAccess = true;
2738 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2739 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType,
2740 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath,
2744 return ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2748 bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2749 const LookupResult &R,
2750 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2751 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
2752 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
2755 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
2759 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
2760 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2763 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
2765 for (NamedDecl *D : R) {
2766 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2767 // -- a declaration of a class member
2768 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
2770 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
2773 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2774 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
2775 // using-declaration
2776 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
2777 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
2778 // turn off ADL anyway).
2779 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2780 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
2781 else if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2784 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2785 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
2787 // And also for builtin functions.
2788 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2789 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
2791 // But also builtin functions.
2792 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
2794 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
2802 /// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
2803 /// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
2804 /// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
2805 /// will in fact be used.
2806 static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
2807 if (D->isInvalidDecl())
2810 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
2811 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
2815 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
2816 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
2820 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
2821 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
2828 ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2829 LookupResult &R, bool NeedsADL,
2830 bool AcceptInvalidDecl) {
2831 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
2832 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
2833 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
2834 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getFoundDecl(),
2835 R.getRepresentativeDecl(), nullptr,
2838 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
2839 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
2840 // functions and function templates.
2841 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
2842 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
2845 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
2846 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
2847 // we've picked a target.
2848 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2850 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
2851 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, R.getNamingClass(),
2852 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
2853 R.getLookupNameInfo(),
2854 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(),
2855 R.begin(), R.end());
2861 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
2862 ValueDecl *var, DeclContext *DC);
2864 /// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
2865 ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
2866 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
2867 NamedDecl *FoundD, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
2868 bool AcceptInvalidDecl) {
2869 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
2870 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
2871 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
2873 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2874 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
2877 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
2878 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
2879 // a template argument list.
2880 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref) << (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(D) ? 1 : 0)
2881 << Template << SS.getRange();
2882 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
2886 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
2887 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
2889 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
2890 << D << SS.getRange();
2891 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
2895 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
2896 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
2897 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
2898 // that overload resolution actually selects.
2899 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
2902 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
2903 if (VD->isInvalidDecl() && !AcceptInvalidDecl)
2906 // Handle members of anonymous structs and unions. If we got here,
2907 // and the reference is to a class member indirect field, then this
2908 // must be the subject of a pointer-to-member expression.
2909 if (IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2910 if (!indirectField->isCXXClassMember())
2911 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SS, NameInfo.getLoc(),
2915 QualType type = VD->getType();
2916 if (auto *FPT = type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2917 // C++ [except.spec]p17:
2918 // An exception-specification is considered to be needed when:
2919 // - in an expression, the function is the unique lookup result or
2920 // the selected member of a set of overloaded functions.
2921 ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT);
2922 type = VD->getType();
2924 ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_RValue;
2926 switch (D->getKind()) {
2927 // Ignore all the non-ValueDecl kinds.
2928 #define ABSTRACT_DECL(kind)
2929 #define VALUE(type, base)
2930 #define DECL(type, base) \
2932 #include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
2933 llvm_unreachable("invalid value decl kind");
2935 // These shouldn't make it here.
2936 case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
2937 case Decl::ObjCIvar:
2938 llvm_unreachable("forming non-member reference to ivar?");
2940 // Enum constants are always r-values and never references.
2941 // Unresolved using declarations are dependent.
2942 case Decl::EnumConstant:
2943 case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
2944 case Decl::OMPDeclareReduction:
2945 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2948 // Fields and indirect fields that got here must be for
2949 // pointer-to-member expressions; we just call them l-values for
2950 // internal consistency, because this subexpression doesn't really
2951 // exist in the high-level semantics.
2953 case Decl::IndirectField:
2954 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2955 "building reference to field in C?");
2957 // These can't have reference type in well-formed programs, but
2958 // for internal consistency we do this anyway.
2959 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2960 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2963 // Non-type template parameters are either l-values or r-values
2964 // depending on the type.
2965 case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: {
2966 if (const ReferenceType *reftype = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
2967 type = reftype->getPointeeType();
2968 valueKind = VK_LValue; // even if the parameter is an r-value reference
2972 // For non-references, we need to strip qualifiers just in case
2973 // the template parameter was declared as 'const int' or whatever.
2974 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2975 type = type.getUnqualifiedType();
2980 case Decl::VarTemplateSpecialization:
2981 case Decl::VarTemplatePartialSpecialization:
2982 case Decl::Decomposition:
2983 case Decl::OMPCapturedExpr:
2984 // In C, "extern void blah;" is valid and is an r-value.
2985 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2986 !type.hasQualifiers() &&
2987 type->isVoidType()) {
2988 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2993 case Decl::ImplicitParam:
2994 case Decl::ParmVar: {
2995 // These are always l-values.
2996 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2997 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2999 // FIXME: Does the addition of const really only apply in
3000 // potentially-evaluated contexts? Since the variable isn't actually
3001 // captured in an unevaluated context, it seems that the answer is no.
3002 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) {
3003 QualType CapturedType = getCapturedDeclRefType(cast<VarDecl>(VD), Loc);
3004 if (!CapturedType.isNull())
3005 type = CapturedType;
3011 case Decl::Binding: {
3012 // These are always lvalues.
3013 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3014 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
3015 // FIXME: Support lambda-capture of BindingDecls, once CWG actually
3016 // decides how that's supposed to work.
3017 auto *BD = cast<BindingDecl>(VD);
3018 if (BD->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3019 BD->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
3020 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, Loc, BD, CurContext);
3024 case Decl::Function: {
3025 if (unsigned BID = cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->getBuiltinID()) {
3026 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
3027 type = Context.BuiltinFnTy;
3028 valueKind = VK_RValue;
3033 const FunctionType *fty = type->castAs<FunctionType>();
3035 // If we're referring to a function with an __unknown_anytype
3036 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
3037 if (fty->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
3038 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
3039 valueKind = VK_RValue;
3043 // Functions are l-values in C++.
3044 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3045 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3049 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
3050 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
3051 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
3052 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
3054 if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->hasPrototype() &&
3055 isa<FunctionProtoType>(fty))
3056 type = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(fty->getReturnType(),
3059 // Functions are r-values in C.
3060 valueKind = VK_RValue;
3064 case Decl::CXXDeductionGuide:
3065 llvm_unreachable("building reference to deduction guide");
3067 case Decl::MSProperty:
3068 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3071 case Decl::CXXMethod:
3072 // If we're referring to a method with an __unknown_anytype
3073 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
3074 // This should only be possible with a type written directly.
3075 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto
3076 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(VD->getType()))
3077 if (proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
3078 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
3079 valueKind = VK_RValue;
3083 // C++ methods are l-values if static, r-values if non-static.
3084 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isStatic()) {
3085 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3090 case Decl::CXXConversion:
3091 case Decl::CXXDestructor:
3092 case Decl::CXXConstructor:
3093 valueKind = VK_RValue;
3097 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, type, valueKind, NameInfo, &SS, FoundD,
3102 static void ConvertUTF8ToWideString(unsigned CharByteWidth, StringRef Source,
3103 SmallString<32> &Target) {
3104 Target.resize(CharByteWidth * (Source.size() + 1));
3105 char *ResultPtr = &Target[0];
3106 const llvm::UTF8 *ErrorPtr;
3108 llvm::ConvertUTF8toWide(CharByteWidth, Source, ResultPtr, ErrorPtr);
3111 Target.resize(ResultPtr - &Target[0]);
3114 ExprResult Sema::BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3115 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT) {
3116 // Pick the current block, lambda, captured statement or function.
3117 Decl *currentDecl = nullptr;
3118 if (const BlockScopeInfo *BSI = getCurBlock())
3119 currentDecl = BSI->TheDecl;
3120 else if (const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda())
3121 currentDecl = LSI->CallOperator;
3122 else if (const CapturedRegionScopeInfo *CSI = getCurCapturedRegion())
3123 currentDecl = CSI->TheCapturedDecl;
3125 currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
3128 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
3129 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
3133 StringLiteral *SL = nullptr;
3134 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext())
3135 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
3137 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of
3139 auto Str = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl);
3140 unsigned Length = Str.length();
3142 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
3143 if (IT == PredefinedExpr::LFunction) {
3144 ResTy = Context.WideCharTy.withConst();
3145 SmallString<32> RawChars;
3146 ConvertUTF8ToWideString(Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ResTy).getQuantity(),
3148 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal,
3149 /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0);
3150 SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, RawChars, StringLiteral::Wide,
3151 /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc);
3153 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
3154 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal,
3155 /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0);
3156 SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Str, StringLiteral::Ascii,
3157 /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc);
3161 return new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT, SL);
3164 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3165 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
3168 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown simple primary expr!");
3169 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
3170 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
3171 case tok::kw___FUNCDNAME__: IT = PredefinedExpr::FuncDName; break; // [MS]
3172 case tok::kw___FUNCSIG__: IT = PredefinedExpr::FuncSig; break; // [MS]
3173 case tok::kw_L__FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::LFunction; break;
3174 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
3177 return BuildPredefinedExpr(Loc, IT);
3180 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
3181 SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
3182 bool Invalid = false;
3183 StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
3187 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
3189 if (Literal.hadError())
3193 if (Literal.isWide())
3194 Ty = Context.WideCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C and C++.
3195 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
3196 Ty = Context.Char16Ty; // u'x' -> char16_t in C11 and C++11.
3197 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
3198 Ty = Context.Char32Ty; // U'x' -> char32_t in C11 and C++11.
3199 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Literal.isMultiChar())
3200 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' -> int in C, 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
3202 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
3204 CharacterLiteral::CharacterKind Kind = CharacterLiteral::Ascii;
3205 if (Literal.isWide())
3206 Kind = CharacterLiteral::Wide;
3207 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
3208 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF16;
3209 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
3210 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF32;
3211 else if (Literal.isUTF8())
3212 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF8;
3214 Expr *Lit = new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), Kind, Ty,
3217 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
3220 // We're building a user-defined literal.
3221 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
3222 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
3223 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
3225 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
3227 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_character_udl));
3229 // C++11 [lex.ext]p6: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
3230 // operator "" X (ch)
3231 return BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(*this, UDLScope, UDSuffix, UDSuffixLoc,
3232 Lit, Tok.getLocation());
3235 ExprResult Sema::ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val) {
3236 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
3237 return IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val),
3238 Context.IntTy, Loc);
3241 static Expr *BuildFloatingLiteral(Sema &S, NumericLiteralParser &Literal,
3242 QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) {
3243 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
3245 using llvm::APFloat;
3246 APFloat Val(Format);
3248 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
3250 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
3251 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
3252 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
3253 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
3254 unsigned diagnostic;
3255 SmallString<20> buffer;
3256 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
3257 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
3258 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
3260 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
3261 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
3264 S.Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
3266 << StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
3269 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
3270 return FloatingLiteral::Create(S.Context, Val, isExact, Ty, Loc);
3273 bool Sema::CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
3274 assert(E && "Invalid expression");
3276 if (E->isValueDependent())
3279 QualType QT = E->getType();
3280 if (!QT->isIntegerType() || QT->isBooleanType() || QT->isCharType()) {
3281 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_type) << QT;
3285 llvm::APSInt ValueAPS;
3286 ExprResult R = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, &ValueAPS);
3291 bool ValueIsPositive = ValueAPS.isStrictlyPositive();
3292 if (!ValueIsPositive || ValueAPS.getActiveBits() > 31) {
3293 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_value)
3294 << ValueAPS.toString(10) << ValueIsPositive;
3301 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
3302 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
3303 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or suffix.
3304 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
3305 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
3306 return ActOnIntegerConstant(Tok.getLocation(), Val-'0');
3309 SmallString<128> SpellingBuffer;
3310 // NumericLiteralParser wants to overread by one character. Add padding to
3311 // the buffer in case the token is copied to the buffer. If getSpelling()
3312 // returns a StringRef to the memory buffer, it should have a null char at
3313 // the EOF, so it is also safe.
3314 SpellingBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength() + 1);
3316 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
3317 bool Invalid = false;
3318 StringRef TokSpelling = PP.getSpelling(Tok, SpellingBuffer, &Invalid);
3322 NumericLiteralParser Literal(TokSpelling, Tok.getLocation(), PP);
3323 if (Literal.hadError)
3326 if (Literal.hasUDSuffix()) {
3327 // We're building a user-defined literal.
3328 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
3329 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
3330 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
3332 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
3334 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_numeric_udl));
3337 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3338 // C++11 [lex.ext]p4: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
3339 // long double, the literal is treated as a call of the form
3340 // operator "" X (f L)
3341 CookedTy = Context.LongDoubleTy;
3343 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
3344 // unsigned long long, the literal is treated as a call of the form
3345 // operator "" X (n ULL)
3346 CookedTy = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3349 DeclarationName OpName =
3350 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
3351 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
3352 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
3354 SourceLocation TokLoc = Tok.getLocation();
3356 // Perform literal operator lookup to determine if we're building a raw
3357 // literal or a cooked one.
3358 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
3359 switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, CookedTy,
3360 /*AllowRaw*/true, /*AllowTemplate*/true,
3361 /*AllowStringTemplate*/false)) {
3367 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3368 Lit = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, CookedTy, Tok.getLocation());
3370 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(), 0);
3371 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal))
3372 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large)
3373 << /* Unsigned */ 1;
3374 Lit = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, CookedTy,
3377 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
3381 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a raw literal operator, the
3382 // literal is treated as a call of the form
3383 // operator "" X ("n")
3384 unsigned Length = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset();
3385 QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(
3386 Context.CharTy.withConst(), llvm::APInt(32, Length + 1),
3387 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3388 Expr *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(
3389 Context, StringRef(TokSpelling.data(), Length), StringLiteral::Ascii,
3390 /*Pascal*/false, StrTy, &TokLoc, 1);
3391 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
3394 case LOLR_Template: {
3395 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: Otherwise (S contains a literal operator
3396 // template), L is treated as a call fo the form
3397 // operator "" X <'c1', 'c2', ... 'ck'>()
3398 // where n is the source character sequence c1 c2 ... ck.
3399 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
3400 unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(Context.CharTy);
3401 bool CharIsUnsigned = Context.CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3402 llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
3403 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); I != N; ++I) {
3404 Value = TokSpelling[I];
3405 TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, Context.CharTy);
3406 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
3407 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
3409 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, TokLoc,
3412 case LOLR_StringTemplate:
3413 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
3419 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3421 if (Literal.isHalf){
3422 if (getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16"))
3423 Ty = Context.HalfTy;
3425 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_half_const_requires_fp16);
3428 } else if (Literal.isFloat)
3429 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
3430 else if (Literal.isLong)
3431 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
3432 else if (Literal.isFloat128)
3433 Ty = Context.Float128Ty;
3435 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
3437 Res = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
3439 if (Ty == Context.DoubleTy) {
3440 if (getLangOpts().SinglePrecisionConstants) {
3441 const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3442 if (BTy->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float) {
3443 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3445 } else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
3446 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp64")) {
3447 // Impose single-precision float type when cl_khr_fp64 is not enabled.
3448 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_double_const_requires_fp64);
3449 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3452 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
3457 // 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature.
3458 if (!getLangOpts().C99 && Literal.isLongLong) {
3459 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3460 Diag(Tok.getLocation(),
3461 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
3462 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong);
3464 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_longlong);
3467 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
3468 unsigned MaxWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntMaxTWidth();
3469 llvm::APInt ResultVal(MaxWidth, 0);
3471 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
3472 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, error and force to ull.
3473 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large)
3474 << /* Unsigned */ 1;
3475 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3476 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
3477 "long long is not intmax_t?");
3479 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
3480 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
3482 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
3483 // be an unsigned int.
3484 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
3486 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
3489 // Microsoft specific integer suffixes are explicitly sized.
3490 if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger) {
3491 if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger == 8 && !Literal.isUnsigned) {
3493 Ty = Context.CharTy;
3495 Width = Literal.MicrosoftInteger;
3496 Ty = Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(Width,
3497 /*Signed=*/!Literal.isUnsigned);
3501 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
3502 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
3503 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
3505 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
3506 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
3507 // Does it fit in a signed int?
3508 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
3510 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3511 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
3516 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
3517 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
3518 unsigned LongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
3520 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
3521 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
3522 // Does it fit in a signed long?
3523 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
3524 Ty = Context.LongTy;
3525 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3526 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
3527 // Check according to the rules of C90 6.1.3.2p5. C++03 [lex.icon]p2
3529 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
3530 const unsigned LongLongSize =
3531 Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3532 Diag(Tok.getLocation(),
3533 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
3535 ? diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx
3536 : /*C++98 UB*/ diag::
3537 ext_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx
3538 : diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long)
3539 << (LongLongSize > LongSize ? /*will have type 'long long'*/ 0
3540 : /*will be ill-formed*/ 1);
3541 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
3547 // Check long long if needed.
3549 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3551 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
3552 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
3553 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
3554 // To be compatible with MSVC, hex integer literals ending with the
3555 // LL or i64 suffix are always signed in Microsoft mode.
3556 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && (ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0 ||
3557 (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && Literal.isLongLong)))
3558 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
3559 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3560 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3561 Width = LongLongSize;
3565 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
3566 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
3568 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_integer_literal_too_large_for_signed);
3569 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3570 Width = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3573 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
3574 ResultVal = ResultVal.trunc(Width);
3576 Res = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
3579 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
3580 if (Literal.isImaginary)
3581 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
3582 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
3587 ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E) {
3588 assert(E && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
3589 return new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E);
3592 static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
3594 SourceRange ArgRange) {
3595 // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in
3596 // scalar or vector data type argument..."
3597 // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic
3598 // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void.
3599 if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) {
3600 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type)
3605 assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) &&
3606 "Scalar types should always be complete");
3610 static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
3612 SourceRange ArgRange,
3613 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
3614 // Invalid types must be hard errors for SFINAE in C++.
3615 if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
3619 if (T->isFunctionType() &&
3620 (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf || TraitKind == UETT_AlignOf)) {
3621 // sizeof(function)/alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
3622 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3623 << TraitKind << ArgRange;
3627 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension, unless in OpenCL where
3628 // this is an error (OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.k)
3629 if (T->isVoidType()) {
3630 unsigned DiagID = S.LangOpts.OpenCL ? diag::err_opencl_sizeof_alignof_type
3631 : diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_void_type;
3632 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << TraitKind << ArgRange;
3639 static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T,
3641 SourceRange ArgRange,
3642 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
3643 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) if the
3644 // runtime doesn't allow it.
3645 if (!S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsSizeofAlignof() && T->isObjCObjectType()) {
3646 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
3647 << T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf)
3655 /// \brief Check whether E is a pointer from a decayed array type (the decayed
3656 /// pointer type is equal to T) and emit a warning if it is.
3657 static void warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
3659 // Don't warn if the operation changed the type.
3660 if (T != E->getType())
3663 // Now look for array decays.
3664 ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
3665 if (!ICE || ICE->getCastKind() != CK_ArrayToPointerDecay)
3668 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_sizeof_array_decay) << ICE->getSourceRange()
3670 << ICE->getSubExpr()->getType();
3673 /// \brief Check the constraints on expression operands to unary type expression
3674 /// and type traits.
3676 /// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand
3677 /// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify
3678 /// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template
3679 /// instantiation, etc.
3680 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E,
3681 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3682 QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
3683 assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType());
3685 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
3686 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3687 E->getSourceRange());
3689 // Whitelist some types as extensions
3690 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3691 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
3694 // 'alignof' applied to an expression only requires the base element type of
3695 // the expression to be complete. 'sizeof' requires the expression's type to
3696 // be complete (and will attempt to complete it if it's an array of unknown
3698 if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
3699 if (RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(),
3700 Context.getBaseElementType(E->getType()),
3701 diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type, ExprKind,
3702 E->getSourceRange()))
3705 if (RequireCompleteExprType(E, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type,
3706 ExprKind, E->getSourceRange()))
3710 // Completing the expression's type may have changed it.
3711 ExprTy = E->getType();
3712 assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType());
3714 if (ExprTy->isFunctionType()) {
3715 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3716 << ExprKind << E->getSourceRange();
3720 // The operand for sizeof and alignof is in an unevaluated expression context,
3721 // so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
3722 if ((ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf || ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) &&
3723 !inTemplateInstantiation() && E->HasSideEffects(Context, false))
3724 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
3726 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3727 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
3730 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf) {
3731 if (DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
3732 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DeclRef->getFoundDecl())) {
3733 QualType OType = PVD->getOriginalType();
3734 QualType Type = PVD->getType();
3735 if (Type->isPointerType() && OType->isArrayType()) {
3736 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_sizeof_array_param)
3738 Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
3743 // Warn on "sizeof(array op x)" and "sizeof(x op array)", where the array
3744 // decays into a pointer and returns an unintended result. This is most
3745 // likely a typo for "sizeof(array) op x".
3746 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
3747 warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
3749 warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
3757 /// \brief Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type
3760 /// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints
3761 /// on those operands.
3763 /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
3764 /// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state:
3765 /// Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ...
3767 /// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4
3768 /// The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer
3769 /// standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof.
3771 /// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions.
3772 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType,
3773 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3774 SourceRange ExprRange,
3775 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3776 if (ExprType->isDependentType())
3779 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2:
3780 // When applied to a reference or a reference type, the result
3781 // is the size of the referenced type.
3782 // C++11 [expr.alignof]p3:
3783 // When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result
3784 // shall be the alignment of the referenced type.
3785 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3786 ExprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
3788 // C11 6.5.3.4/3, C++11 [expr.alignof]p3:
3789 // When alignof or _Alignof is applied to an array type, the result
3790 // is the alignment of the element type.
3791 if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign)
3792 ExprType = Context.getBaseElementType(ExprType);
3794 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
3795 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange);
3797 // Whitelist some types as extensions
3798 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
3802 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, ExprType,
3803 diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type,
3804 ExprKind, ExprRange))
3807 if (ExprType->isFunctionType()) {
3808 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3809 << ExprKind << ExprRange;
3813 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
3820 static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
3821 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3823 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
3824 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3827 if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) {
3828 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield)
3829 << 1 << E->getSourceRange();
3833 ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
3834 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3836 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
3837 D = ME->getMemberDecl();
3840 // If it's a field, require the containing struct to have a
3841 // complete definition so that we can compute the layout.
3843 // This can happen in C++11 onwards, either by naming the member
3844 // in a way that is not transformed into a member access expression
3845 // (in an unevaluated operand, for instance), or by naming the member
3846 // in a trailing-return-type.
3848 // For the record, since __alignof__ on expressions is a GCC
3849 // extension, GCC seems to permit this but always gives the
3850 // nonsensical answer 0.
3852 // We don't really need the layout here --- we could instead just
3853 // directly check for all the appropriate alignment-lowing
3854 // attributes --- but that would require duplicating a lot of
3855 // logic that just isn't worth duplicating for such a marginal
3857 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(D)) {
3858 // Fast path this check, since we at least know the record has a
3859 // definition if we can find a member of it.
3860 if (!FD->getParent()->isCompleteDefinition()) {
3861 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_alignof_member_of_incomplete_type)
3862 << E->getSourceRange();
3866 // Otherwise, if it's a field, and the field doesn't have
3867 // reference type, then it must have a complete type (or be a
3868 // flexible array member, which we explicitly want to
3869 // white-list anyway), which makes the following checks trivial.
3870 if (!FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
3874 return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_AlignOf);
3877 bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) {
3878 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3880 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
3881 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3884 return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_VecStep);
3887 static void captureVariablyModifiedType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
3888 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI) {
3889 assert(T->isVariablyModifiedType());
3890 assert(CSI != nullptr);
3892 // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA expressions.
3894 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
3895 switch (Ty->getTypeClass()) {
3896 #define TYPE(Class, Base)
3897 #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
3898 #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
3899 #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
3900 #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base)
3901 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
3904 // These types are never variably-modified.
3908 case Type::ExtVector:
3911 case Type::Elaborated:
3912 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
3913 case Type::ObjCObject:
3914 case Type::ObjCInterface:
3915 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
3916 case Type::ObjCTypeParam:
3918 llvm_unreachable("type class is never variably-modified!");
3919 case Type::Adjusted:
3920 T = cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)->getOriginalType();
3923 T = cast<DecayedType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3926 T = cast<PointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3928 case Type::BlockPointer:
3929 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3931 case Type::LValueReference:
3932 case Type::RValueReference:
3933 T = cast<ReferenceType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3935 case Type::MemberPointer:
3936 T = cast<MemberPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3938 case Type::ConstantArray:
3939 case Type::IncompleteArray:
3940 // Losing element qualification here is fine.
3941 T = cast<ArrayType>(Ty)->getElementType();
3943 case Type::VariableArray: {
3944 // Losing element qualification here is fine.
3945 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(Ty);
3947 // Unknown size indication requires no size computation.
3948 // Otherwise, evaluate and record it.
3949 if (auto Size = VAT->getSizeExpr()) {
3950 if (!CSI->isVLATypeCaptured(VAT)) {
3951 RecordDecl *CapRecord = nullptr;
3952 if (auto LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
3953 CapRecord = LSI->Lambda;
3954 } else if (auto CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
3955 CapRecord = CRSI->TheRecordDecl;
3958 auto ExprLoc = Size->getExprLoc();
3959 auto SizeType = Context.getSizeType();
3960 // Build the non-static data member.
3962 FieldDecl::Create(Context, CapRecord, ExprLoc, ExprLoc,
3963 /*Id*/ nullptr, SizeType, /*TInfo*/ nullptr,
3964 /*BW*/ nullptr, /*Mutable*/ false,
3965 /*InitStyle*/ ICIS_NoInit);
3966 Field->setImplicit(true);
3967 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
3968 Field->setCapturedVLAType(VAT);
3969 CapRecord->addDecl(Field);
3971 CSI->addVLATypeCapture(ExprLoc, SizeType);
3975 T = VAT->getElementType();
3978 case Type::FunctionProto:
3979 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
3980 T = cast<FunctionType>(Ty)->getReturnType();
3984 case Type::UnaryTransform:
3985 case Type::Attributed:
3986 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
3987 case Type::PackExpansion:
3988 // Keep walking after single level desugaring.
3989 T = T.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Context);
3992 T = cast<TypedefType>(Ty)->desugar();
3994 case Type::Decltype:
3995 T = cast<DecltypeType>(Ty)->desugar();
3998 case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
3999 T = cast<DeducedType>(Ty)->getDeducedType();
4001 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
4002 T = cast<TypeOfExprType>(Ty)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
4005 T = cast<AtomicType>(Ty)->getValueType();
4008 } while (!T.isNull() && T->isVariablyModifiedType());
4011 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
4013 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4014 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4015 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
4020 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4022 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
4023 CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(T, OpLoc, R, ExprKind))
4026 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && FunctionScopes.size() > 1) {
4027 if (auto *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
4028 for (auto I = FunctionScopes.rbegin(),
4029 E = std::prev(FunctionScopes.rend());
4031 auto *CSI = dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(*I);
4034 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
4035 if (auto *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI))
4036 DC = LSI->CallOperator;
4037 else if (auto *CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))
4038 DC = CRSI->TheCapturedDecl;
4039 else if (auto *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI))
4042 if (DC->containsDecl(TT->getDecl()))
4044 captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, T, CSI);
4050 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
4051 return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
4052 ExprKind, TInfo, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, R.getEnd());
4055 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
4058 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4059 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
4060 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
4066 // Verify that the operand is valid.
4067 bool isInvalid = false;
4068 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
4069 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
4070 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
4071 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E);
4072 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) {
4073 isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E);
4074 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) {
4075 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_openmp_default_simd_align_expr);
4077 } else if (E->refersToBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
4078 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield) << 0;
4081 isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_SizeOf);
4087 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && E->getType()->isVariableArrayType()) {
4088 PE = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
4089 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4093 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
4094 return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
4095 ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
4098 /// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c
4099 /// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
4100 /// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
4102 Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4103 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, bool IsType,
4104 void *TyOrEx, SourceRange ArgRange) {
4105 // If error parsing type, ignore.
4106 if (!TyOrEx) return ExprError();
4109 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4110 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx), &TInfo);
4111 return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, ExprKind, ArgRange);
4114 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
4115 ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind);
4119 static QualType CheckRealImagOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &V, SourceLocation Loc,
4121 if (V.get()->isTypeDependent())
4122 return S.Context.DependentTy;
4124 // _Real and _Imag are only l-values for normal l-values.
4125 if (V.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_Ordinary) {
4126 V = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(V.get());
4131 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
4132 if (const ComplexType *CT = V.get()->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
4133 return CT->getElementType();
4135 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
4136 if (V.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4137 return V.get()->getType();
4139 // Test for placeholders.
4140 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(V.get());
4141 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4142 if (PR.get() != V.get()) {
4144 return CheckRealImagOperand(S, V, Loc, IsReal);
4147 // Reject anything else.
4148 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V.get()->getType()
4149 << (IsReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
4156 Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4157 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) {
4158 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
4160 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
4161 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PostInc; break;
4162 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PostDec; break;
4165 // Since this might is a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
4166 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Input);
4167 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4168 Input = Result.get();
4170 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
4173 /// \brief Diagnose if arithmetic on the given ObjC pointer is illegal.
4175 /// \return true on error
4176 static bool checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(Sema &S,
4177 SourceLocation opLoc,
4179 assert(op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType());
4180 if (S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsPointerArithmetic() &&
4181 !S.LangOpts.ObjCSubscriptingLegacyRuntime)
4184 S.Diag(opLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4185 << op->getType()->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType()
4186 << op->getSourceRange();
4190 static bool isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(Sema &S, Expr *Base) {
4191 auto *BaseNoParens = Base->IgnoreParens();
4192 if (auto *MSProp = dyn_cast<MSPropertyRefExpr>(BaseNoParens))
4193 return MSProp->getPropertyDecl()->getType()->isArrayType();
4194 return isa<MSPropertySubscriptExpr>(BaseNoParens);
4198 Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *base, SourceLocation lbLoc,
4199 Expr *idx, SourceLocation rbLoc) {
4200 if (base && !base->getType().isNull() &&
4201 base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::OMPArraySection))
4202 return ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(base, lbLoc, idx, SourceLocation(),
4203 /*Length=*/nullptr, rbLoc);
4205 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
4206 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(base)) {
4207 ExprResult result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, base);
4208 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4209 base = result.get();
4212 // Handle any non-overload placeholder types in the base and index
4213 // expressions. We can't handle overloads here because the other
4214 // operand might be an overloadable type, in which case the overload
4215 // resolution for the operator overload should get the first crack
4217 bool IsMSPropertySubscript = false;
4218 if (base->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4219 IsMSPropertySubscript = isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(*this, base);
4220 if (!IsMSPropertySubscript) {
4221 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(base);
4222 if (result.isInvalid())
4224 base = result.get();
4227 if (idx->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4228 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(idx);
4229 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4233 // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent.
4234 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4235 (base->isTypeDependent() || idx->isTypeDependent())) {
4236 return new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(base, idx, Context.DependentTy,
4237 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc);
4240 // MSDN, property (C++)
4241 // https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/yhfk0thd(v=vs.120).aspx
4242 // This attribute can also be used in the declaration of an empty array in a
4243 // class or structure definition. For example:
4244 // __declspec(property(get=GetX, put=PutX)) int x[];
4245 // The above statement indicates that x[] can be used with one or more array
4246 // indices. In this case, i=p->x[a][b] will be turned into i=p->GetX(a, b),
4247 // and p->x[a][b] = i will be turned into p->PutX(a, b, i);
4248 if (IsMSPropertySubscript) {
4249 // Build MS property subscript expression if base is MS property reference
4250 // or MS property subscript.
4251 return new (Context) MSPropertySubscriptExpr(
4252 base, idx, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc);
4255 // Use C++ overloaded-operator rules if either operand has record
4256 // type. The spec says to do this if either type is *overloadable*,
4257 // but enum types can't declare subscript operators or conversion
4258 // operators, so there's nothing interesting for overload resolution
4259 // to do if there aren't any record types involved.
4261 // ObjC pointers have their own subscripting logic that is not tied
4262 // to overload resolution and so should not take this path.
4263 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4264 (base->getType()->isRecordType() ||
4265 (!base->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
4266 idx->getType()->isRecordType()))) {
4267 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(lbLoc, rbLoc, base, idx);
4270 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(base, lbLoc, idx, rbLoc);
4273 ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
4275 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Length,
4276 SourceLocation RBLoc) {
4277 if (Base->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4278 !Base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(
4279 BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) {
4280 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
4281 if (Result.isInvalid())
4283 Base = Result.get();
4285 if (LowerBound && LowerBound->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4286 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LowerBound);
4287 if (Result.isInvalid())
4289 Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get());
4290 if (Result.isInvalid())
4292 LowerBound = Result.get();
4294 if (Length && Length->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4295 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Length);
4296 if (Result.isInvalid())
4298 Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get());
4299 if (Result.isInvalid())
4301 Length = Result.get();
4304 // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent.
4305 if (Base->isTypeDependent() ||
4307 (LowerBound->isTypeDependent() || LowerBound->isValueDependent())) ||
4308 (Length && (Length->isTypeDependent() || Length->isValueDependent()))) {
4309 return new (Context)
4310 OMPArraySectionExpr(Base, LowerBound, Length, Context.DependentTy,
4311 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, ColonLoc, RBLoc);
4314 // Perform default conversions.
4315 QualType OriginalTy = OMPArraySectionExpr::getBaseOriginalType(Base);
4317 if (OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) {
4318 ResultTy = OriginalTy->getPointeeType();
4319 } else if (OriginalTy->isArrayType()) {
4320 ResultTy = OriginalTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4323 Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_value)
4324 << Base->getSourceRange());
4328 auto Res = PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(LowerBound->getExprLoc(),
4330 if (Res.isInvalid())
4331 return ExprError(Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(),
4332 diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer)
4333 << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange());
4334 LowerBound = Res.get();
4336 if (LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
4337 LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
4338 Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char)
4339 << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange();
4343 PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(Length->getExprLoc(), Length);
4344 if (Res.isInvalid())
4345 return ExprError(Diag(Length->getExprLoc(),
4346 diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer)
4347 << 1 << Length->getSourceRange());
4350 if (Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
4351 Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
4352 Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char)
4353 << 1 << Length->getSourceRange();
4356 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
4357 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
4358 // type. Note that functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
4359 // incomplete types are not object types.
4360 if (ResultTy->isFunctionType()) {
4361 Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_function_type)
4362 << ResultTy << Base->getSourceRange();
4366 if (RequireCompleteType(Base->getExprLoc(), ResultTy,
4367 diag::err_omp_section_incomplete_type, Base))
4370 if (LowerBound && !OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) {
4371 llvm::APSInt LowerBoundValue;
4372 if (LowerBound->EvaluateAsInt(LowerBoundValue, Context)) {
4373 // OpenMP 4.5, [2.4 Array Sections]
4374 // The array section must be a subset of the original array.
4375 if (LowerBoundValue.isNegative()) {
4376 Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_not_subset_of_array)
4377 << LowerBound->getSourceRange();
4384 llvm::APSInt LengthValue;
4385 if (Length->EvaluateAsInt(LengthValue, Context)) {
4386 // OpenMP 4.5, [2.4 Array Sections]
4387 // The length must evaluate to non-negative integers.
4388 if (LengthValue.isNegative()) {
4389 Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_length_negative)
4390 << LengthValue.toString(/*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true)
4391 << Length->getSourceRange();
4395 } else if (ColonLoc.isValid() &&
4396 (OriginalTy.isNull() || (!OriginalTy->isConstantArrayType() &&
4397 !OriginalTy->isVariableArrayType()))) {
4398 // OpenMP 4.5, [2.4 Array Sections]
4399 // When the size of the array dimension is not known, the length must be
4400 // specified explicitly.
4401 Diag(ColonLoc, diag::err_omp_section_length_undefined)
4402 << (!OriginalTy.isNull() && OriginalTy->isArrayType());
4406 if (!Base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(
4407 BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) {
4408 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Base);
4409 if (Result.isInvalid())
4411 Base = Result.get();
4413 return new (Context)
4414 OMPArraySectionExpr(Base, LowerBound, Length, Context.OMPArraySectionTy,
4415 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, ColonLoc, RBLoc);
4419 Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
4420 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
4421 Expr *LHSExp = Base;
4424 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
4425 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
4427 // Per C++ core issue 1213, the result is an xvalue if either operand is
4428 // a non-lvalue array, and an lvalue otherwise.
4429 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
4430 ((LHSExp->getType()->isArrayType() && !LHSExp->isLValue()) ||
4431 (RHSExp->getType()->isArrayType() && !RHSExp->isLValue())))
4434 // Perform default conversions.
4435 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4436 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
4437 if (Result.isInvalid())
4439 LHSExp = Result.get();
4441 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
4442 if (Result.isInvalid())
4444 RHSExp = Result.get();
4446 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
4448 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
4449 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
4450 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
4451 // and index from the expression types.
4452 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
4453 QualType ResultType;
4454 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
4457 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
4458 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4461 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4462 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
4463 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
4467 // Use custom logic if this should be the pseudo-object subscript
4469 if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic())
4470 return BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(RLoc, BaseExpr, IndexExpr, nullptr,
4473 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4474 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4475 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
4478 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4479 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
4480 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
4481 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
4484 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4485 if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) {
4486 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
4487 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4490 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4491 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
4493 VK = LHSExp->getValueKind();
4494 if (VK != VK_RValue)
4495 OK = OK_VectorComponent;
4497 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
4498 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
4499 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
4500 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
4501 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
4502 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
4503 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
4504 // force the promotion here.
4505 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
4506 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
4507 LHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
4508 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
4509 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
4513 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4514 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
4515 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
4516 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
4517 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
4518 RHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
4519 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
4520 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
4524 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4526 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
4527 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
4530 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
4531 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
4532 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
4534 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
4535 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
4536 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
4537 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
4539 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
4540 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
4541 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
4542 // incomplete types are not object types.
4543 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
4544 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
4545 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4549 if (ResultType->isVoidType() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4550 // GNU extension: subscripting on pointer to void
4551 Diag(LLoc, diag::ext_gnu_subscript_void_type)
4552 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4554 // C forbids expressions of unqualified void type from being l-values.
4555 // See IsCForbiddenLValueType.
4556 if (!ResultType.hasQualifiers()) VK = VK_RValue;
4557 } else if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
4558 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
4559 diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type, BaseExpr))
4562 assert(VK == VK_RValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus ||
4563 !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType());
4565 return new (Context)
4566 ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, ResultType, VK, OK, RLoc);
4569 bool Sema::CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD,
4570 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
4571 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
4573 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
4574 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
4575 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
4576 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
4580 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
4581 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
4583 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext(
4584 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated, Param);
4586 // Instantiate the expression.
4587 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList MutiLevelArgList
4588 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, nullptr, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
4590 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
4591 MutiLevelArgList.getInnermost());
4592 if (Inst.isInvalid())
4594 if (Inst.isAlreadyInstantiating()) {
4595 Diag(Param->getLocStart(), diag::err_recursive_default_argument) << FD;
4596 Param->setInvalidDecl();
4602 // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p5:
4603 // The names in the [default argument] expression are bound, and
4604 // the semantic constraints are checked, at the point where the
4605 // default argument expression appears.
4606 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, FD);
4607 LocalInstantiationScope Local(*this);
4608 Result = SubstInitializer(UninstExpr, MutiLevelArgList,
4609 /*DirectInit*/false);
4611 if (Result.isInvalid())
4614 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
4615 InitializedEntity Entity
4616 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param);
4617 InitializationKind Kind
4618 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
4619 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getLocStart());
4620 Expr *ResultE = Result.getAs<Expr>();
4622 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, ResultE);
4623 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, ResultE);
4624 if (Result.isInvalid())
4627 Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Result.getAs<Expr>(),
4628 Param->getOuterLocStart());
4629 if (Result.isInvalid())
4632 // Remember the instantiated default argument.
4633 Param->setDefaultArg(Result.getAs<Expr>());
4634 if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener()) {
4635 L->DefaultArgumentInstantiated(Param);
4639 // If the default argument expression is not set yet, we are building it now.
4640 if (!Param->hasInit()) {
4641 Diag(Param->getLocStart(), diag::err_recursive_default_argument) << FD;
4642 Param->setInvalidDecl();
4646 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
4647 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
4648 // be properly destroyed.
4649 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
4650 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
4651 // We don't need to do that with block decls, though, because
4652 // blocks in default argument expression can never capture anything.
4653 if (auto Init = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())) {
4654 // Set the "needs cleanups" bit regardless of whether there are
4655 // any explicit objects.
4656 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(Init->cleanupsHaveSideEffects());
4658 // Append all the objects to the cleanup list. Right now, this
4659 // should always be a no-op, because blocks in default argument
4660 // expressions should never be able to capture anything.
4661 assert(!Init->getNumObjects() &&
4662 "default argument expression has capturing blocks?");
4665 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
4666 // Just mark all of the declarations in this potentially-evaluated expression
4667 // as being "referenced".
4668 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Param->getDefaultArg(),
4669 /*SkipLocalVariables=*/true);
4673 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4674 FunctionDecl *FD, ParmVarDecl *Param) {
4675 if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FD, Param))
4677 return CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param);
4680 Sema::VariadicCallType
4681 Sema::getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4683 if (Proto && Proto->isVariadic()) {
4684 if (dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(FDecl))
4685 return VariadicConstructor;
4686 else if (Fn && Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
4687 return VariadicBlock;
4689 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
4690 if (Method->isInstance())
4691 return VariadicMethod;
4692 } else if (Fn && Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy)
4693 return VariadicMethod;
4694 return VariadicFunction;
4696 return VariadicDoesNotApply;
4700 class FunctionCallCCC : public FunctionCallFilterCCC {
4702 FunctionCallCCC(Sema &SemaRef, const IdentifierInfo *FuncName,
4703 unsigned NumArgs, MemberExpr *ME)
4704 : FunctionCallFilterCCC(SemaRef, NumArgs, false, ME),
4705 FunctionName(FuncName) {}
4707 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
4708 if (!candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier() ||
4709 candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != FunctionName) {
4713 return FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(candidate);
4717 const IdentifierInfo *const FunctionName;
4721 static TypoCorrection TryTypoCorrectionForCall(Sema &S, Expr *Fn,
4722 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4723 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
4724 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn);
4725 DeclarationName FuncName = FDecl->getDeclName();
4726 SourceLocation NameLoc = ME ? ME->getMemberLoc() : Fn->getLocStart();
4728 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = S.CorrectTypo(
4729 DeclarationNameInfo(FuncName, NameLoc), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
4730 S.getScopeForContext(S.CurContext), nullptr,
4731 llvm::make_unique<FunctionCallCCC>(S, FuncName.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
4733 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
4734 if (NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl()) {
4735 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
4736 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(NameLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
4737 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
4738 for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) {
4739 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD))
4740 S.AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), Args,
4743 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(S, NameLoc, Best)) {
4745 ND = Best->FoundDecl;
4746 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
4752 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
4753 if (isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4757 return TypoCorrection();
4760 /// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
4761 /// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
4762 /// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
4763 /// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
4764 /// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
4765 /// true if the call is ill-formed.
4767 Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
4768 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4769 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4770 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4771 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4772 bool IsExecConfig) {
4773 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
4775 if (unsigned ID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
4776 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID))
4779 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
4780 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
4781 unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();
4782 bool Invalid = false;
4783 unsigned MinArgs = FDecl ? FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() : NumParams;
4784 unsigned FnKind = Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
4786 : (IsExecConfig ? 3 /* kernel function (exec config) */
4787 : 0 /* function */);
4789 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
4790 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
4791 if (Args.size() < NumParams) {
4792 if (Args.size() < MinArgs) {
4794 if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) {
4796 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4797 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_suggest
4798 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_suggest;
4799 diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << MinArgs
4800 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4801 << TC.getCorrectionRange());
4802 } else if (MinArgs == 1 && FDecl && FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
4804 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4805 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_one
4806 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_one)
4807 << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0) << Fn->getSourceRange();
4809 Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4810 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args
4811 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
4812 << FnKind << MinArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4813 << Fn->getSourceRange();
4815 // Emit the location of the prototype.
4816 if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
4817 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
4822 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumParams);
4825 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
4827 if (Args.size() > NumParams) {
4828 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
4830 if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) {
4832 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4833 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_suggest
4834 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_suggest;
4835 diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << NumParams
4836 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4837 << TC.getCorrectionRange());
4838 } else if (NumParams == 1 && FDecl &&
4839 FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
4840 Diag(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4841 MinArgs == NumParams
4842 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_one
4843 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_one)
4844 << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0)
4845 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) << Fn->getSourceRange()
4846 << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4847 Args.back()->getLocEnd());
4849 Diag(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4850 MinArgs == NumParams
4851 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args
4852 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
4853 << FnKind << NumParams << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4854 << Fn->getSourceRange()
4855 << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4856 Args.back()->getLocEnd());
4858 // Emit the location of the prototype.
4859 if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
4860 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
4863 // This deletes the extra arguments.
4864 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumParams);
4868 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
4869 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto, Fn);
4871 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getLocStart(), FDecl,
4872 Proto, 0, Args, AllArgs, CallType);
4875 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
4876 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
4877 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
4882 bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4883 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4884 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4885 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
4886 VariadicCallType CallType, bool AllowExplicit,
4887 bool IsListInitialization) {
4888 unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();
4889 bool Invalid = false;
4891 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
4892 for (unsigned i = FirstParam; i < NumParams; i++) {
4893 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getParamType(i);
4896 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl ? FDecl->getParamDecl(i) : nullptr;
4897 if (ArgIx < Args.size()) {
4898 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
4900 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(),
4902 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
4905 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
4906 bool CFAudited = false;
4907 if (Arg->getType() == Context.ARCUnbridgedCastTy &&
4908 FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
4909 (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
4910 Arg = stripARCUnbridgedCast(Arg);
4911 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4912 FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
4913 (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
4916 InitializedEntity Entity =
4917 Param ? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param,
4919 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
4920 Context, ProtoArgType, Proto->isParamConsumed(i));
4922 // Remember that parameter belongs to a CF audited API.
4924 Entity.setParameterCFAudited();
4926 ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(
4927 Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg, IsListInitialization, AllowExplicit);
4928 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
4931 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
4933 assert(Param && "can't use default arguments without a known callee");
4935 ExprResult ArgExpr =
4936 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
4937 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
4940 Arg = ArgExpr.getAs<Expr>();
4943 // Check for array bounds violations for each argument to the call. This
4944 // check only triggers warnings when the argument isn't a more complex Expr
4945 // with its own checking, such as a BinaryOperator.
4946 CheckArrayAccess(Arg);
4948 // Check for violations of C99 static array rules (C99 6.7.5.3p7).
4949 CheckStaticArrayArgument(CallLoc, Param, Arg);
4951 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
4954 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
4955 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
4956 // Assume that extern "C" functions with variadic arguments that
4957 // return __unknown_anytype aren't *really* variadic.
4958 if (Proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && FDecl &&
4959 FDecl->isExternC()) {
4960 for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) {
4961 QualType paramType; // ignored
4962 ExprResult arg = checkUnknownAnyArg(CallLoc, A, paramType);
4963 Invalid |= arg.isInvalid();
4964 AllArgs.push_back(arg.get());
4967 // Otherwise do argument promotion, (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
4969 for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) {
4970 ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(A, CallType, FDecl);
4971 Invalid |= Arg.isInvalid();
4972 AllArgs.push_back(Arg.get());
4976 // Check for array bounds violations.
4977 for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx))
4978 CheckArrayAccess(A);
4983 static void DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *PVD) {
4984 TypeLoc TL = PVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
4985 if (DecayedTypeLoc DTL = TL.getAs<DecayedTypeLoc>())
4986 TL = DTL.getOriginalLoc();
4987 if (ArrayTypeLoc ATL = TL.getAs<ArrayTypeLoc>())
4988 S.Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_static_array)
4989 << ATL.getLocalSourceRange();
4992 /// CheckStaticArrayArgument - If the given argument corresponds to a static
4993 /// array parameter, check that it is non-null, and that if it is formed by
4994 /// array-to-pointer decay, the underlying array is sufficiently large.
4996 /// C99 6.7.5.3p7: If the keyword static also appears within the [ and ] of the
4997 /// array type derivation, then for each call to the function, the value of the
4998 /// corresponding actual argument shall provide access to the first element of
4999 /// an array with at least as many elements as specified by the size expression.
5001 Sema::CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
5003 const Expr *ArgExpr) {
5004 // Static array parameters are not supported in C++.
5005 if (!Param || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5008 QualType OrigTy = Param->getOriginalType();
5010 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy);
5011 if (!AT || AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Static)
5014 if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5015 Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) {
5016 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange();
5017 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
5021 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
5025 const ConstantArrayType *ArgCAT =
5026 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(ArgExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType());
5030 if (ArgCAT->getSize().ult(CAT->getSize())) {
5031 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small)
5032 << ArgExpr->getSourceRange()
5033 << (unsigned) ArgCAT->getSize().getZExtValue()
5034 << (unsigned) CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
5035 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
5039 /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
5040 /// to have a function type.
5041 static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn);
5043 /// Is the given type a placeholder that we need to lower out
5044 /// immediately during argument processing?
5045 static bool isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(QualType type) {
5046 // Placeholders are never sugared.
5047 const BuiltinType *placeholder = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(type);
5048 if (!placeholder) return false;
5050 switch (placeholder->getKind()) {
5051 // Ignore all the non-placeholder types.
5052 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
5053 case BuiltinType::Id:
5054 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
5055 #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID)
5056 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) case BuiltinType::ID:
5057 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
5060 // We cannot lower out overload sets; they might validly be resolved
5061 // by the call machinery.
5062 case BuiltinType::Overload:
5065 // Unbridged casts in ARC can be handled in some call positions and
5066 // should be left in place.
5067 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast:
5070 // Pseudo-objects should be converted as soon as possible.
5071 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
5074 // The debugger mode could theoretically but currently does not try
5075 // to resolve unknown-typed arguments based on known parameter types.
5076 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
5079 // These are always invalid as call arguments and should be reported.
5080 case BuiltinType::BoundMember:
5081 case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn:
5082 case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection:
5086 llvm_unreachable("bad builtin type kind");
5089 /// Check an argument list for placeholders that we won't try to
5091 static bool checkArgsForPlaceholders(Sema &S, MultiExprArg args) {
5092 // Apply this processing to all the arguments at once instead of
5093 // dying at the first failure.
5094 bool hasInvalid = false;
5095 for (size_t i = 0, e = args.size(); i != e; i++) {
5096 if (isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(args[i]->getType())) {
5097 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(args[i]);
5098 if (result.isInvalid()) hasInvalid = true;
5099 else args[i] = result.get();
5100 } else if (hasInvalid) {
5101 (void)S.CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(args[i]);
5107 /// If a builtin function has a pointer argument with no explicit address
5108 /// space, then it should be able to accept a pointer to any address
5109 /// space as input. In order to do this, we need to replace the
5110 /// standard builtin declaration with one that uses the same address space
5113 /// \returns nullptr If this builtin is not a candidate for a rewrite i.e.
5114 /// it does not contain any pointer arguments without
5115 /// an address space qualifer. Otherwise the rewritten
5116 /// FunctionDecl is returned.
5117 /// TODO: Handle pointer return types.
5118 static FunctionDecl *rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(Sema *Sema, ASTContext &Context,
5119 const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
5120 MultiExprArg ArgExprs) {
5122 QualType DeclType = FDecl->getType();
5123 const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(DeclType);
5125 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.hasPtrArgsOrResult(FDecl->getBuiltinID()) ||
5126 !FT || FT->isVariadic() || ArgExprs.size() != FT->getNumParams())
5129 bool NeedsNewDecl = false;
5131 SmallVector<QualType, 8> OverloadParams;
5133 for (QualType ParamType : FT->param_types()) {
5135 // Convert array arguments to pointer to simplify type lookup.
5137 Sema->DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ArgExprs[i++]);
5138 if (ArgRes.isInvalid())
5140 Expr *Arg = ArgRes.get();
5141 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
5142 if (!ParamType->isPointerType() ||
5143 ParamType.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace() ||
5144 !ArgType->isPointerType() ||
5145 !ArgType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
5146 OverloadParams.push_back(ParamType);
5150 NeedsNewDecl = true;
5151 unsigned AS = ArgType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().getAddressSpace();
5153 QualType PointeeType = ParamType->getPointeeType();
5154 PointeeType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(PointeeType, AS);
5155 OverloadParams.push_back(Context.getPointerType(PointeeType));
5161 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
5162 QualType OverloadTy = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(),
5163 OverloadParams, EPI);
5164 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
5165 FunctionDecl *OverloadDecl = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, Parent,
5166 FDecl->getLocation(),
5167 FDecl->getLocation(),
5168 FDecl->getIdentifier(),
5172 /*hasPrototype=*/true);
5173 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
5174 FT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OverloadTy);
5175 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
5176 QualType ParamType = FT->getParamType(i);
5178 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, OverloadDecl, SourceLocation(),
5179 SourceLocation(), nullptr, ParamType,
5180 /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr);
5181 Parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
5182 Params.push_back(Parm);
5184 OverloadDecl->setParams(Params);
5185 return OverloadDecl;
5188 static void checkDirectCallValidity(Sema &S, const Expr *Fn,
5189 FunctionDecl *Callee,
5190 MultiExprArg ArgExprs) {
5191 // `Callee` (when called with ArgExprs) may be ill-formed. enable_if (and
5192 // similar attributes) really don't like it when functions are called with an
5193 // invalid number of args.
5194 if (S.TooManyArguments(Callee->getNumParams(), ArgExprs.size(),
5195 /*PartialOverloading=*/false) &&
5196 !Callee->isVariadic())
5198 if (Callee->getMinRequiredArguments() > ArgExprs.size())
5201 if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr = S.CheckEnableIf(Callee, ArgExprs, true)) {
5202 S.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
5203 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee)
5204 ? diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call
5205 : diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
5206 << Callee << Callee->getSourceRange();
5207 S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(),
5208 diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr)
5209 << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage();
5214 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
5215 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
5217 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *Scope, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5218 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5219 Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig) {
5220 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
5221 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope, Fn);
5222 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5225 if (checkArgsForPlaceholders(*this, ArgExprs))
5228 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5229 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
5230 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
5231 if (!ArgExprs.empty()) {
5232 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
5233 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
5234 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5235 SourceRange(ArgExprs.front()->getLocStart(),
5236 ArgExprs.back()->getLocEnd()));
5239 return new (Context)
5240 CallExpr(Context, Fn, None, Context.VoidTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5242 if (Fn->getType() == Context.PseudoObjectTy) {
5243 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Fn);
5244 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5248 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
5249 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
5250 bool Dependent = false;
5251 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
5253 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))
5258 return new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(
5259 Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(ExecConfig), ArgExprs,
5260 Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5262 return new (Context) CallExpr(
5263 Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5267 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
5268 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
5269 return BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
5272 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
5273 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
5274 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5278 if (Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
5279 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
5284 // Check for overloaded calls. This can happen even in C due to extensions.
5285 if (Fn->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
5286 OverloadExpr::FindResult find = OverloadExpr::find(Fn);
5288 // We aren't supposed to apply this logic if there's an '&' involved.
5289 if (!find.HasFormOfMemberPointer) {
5290 if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))
5291 return new (Context) CallExpr(
5292 Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5293 OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression;
5294 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl))
5295 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(
5296 Scope, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, ExecConfig,
5297 /*AllowTypoCorrection=*/true, find.IsAddressOfOperand);
5298 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
5303 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
5304 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
5305 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
5306 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5310 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
5312 bool CallingNDeclIndirectly = false;
5313 NamedDecl *NDecl = nullptr;
5314 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
5315 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) {
5316 CallingNDeclIndirectly = true;
5317 NakedFn = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
5321 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)) {
5322 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
5324 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
5325 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID()) {
5326 // Rewrite the function decl for this builtin by replacing parameters
5327 // with no explicit address space with the address space of the arguments
5330 rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(this, Context, FDecl, ArgExprs))) {
5332 Fn = DeclRefExpr::Create(
5333 Context, FDecl->getQualifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), FDecl, false,
5334 SourceLocation(), FDecl->getType(), Fn->getValueKind(), FDecl);
5337 } else if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedFn))
5338 NDecl = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)->getMemberDecl();
5340 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl)) {
5341 if (CallingNDeclIndirectly &&
5342 !checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true,
5346 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && checkOpenCLDisabledDecl(*FD, *Fn))
5349 checkDirectCallValidity(*this, Fn, FD, ArgExprs);
5352 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc,
5353 ExecConfig, IsExecConfig);
5356 /// ActOnAsTypeExpr - create a new asType (bitcast) from the arguments.
5358 /// __builtin_astype( value, dst type )
5360 ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
5361 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5362 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5363 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
5364 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
5365 QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy);
5366 QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
5367 if (Context.getTypeSize(DstTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
5368 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
5369 diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size)
5372 << E->getSourceRange());
5373 return new (Context) AsTypeExpr(E, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
5376 /// ActOnConvertVectorExpr - create a new convert-vector expression from the
5377 /// provided arguments.
5379 /// __builtin_convertvector( value, dst type )
5381 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
5382 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5383 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5384 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5385 GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy, &TInfo);
5386 return SemaConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
5389 /// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
5390 /// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
5391 /// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
5392 /// block-pointer type.
5394 /// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
5396 Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
5397 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5398 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5399 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5400 Expr *Config, bool IsExecConfig) {
5401 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
5402 unsigned BuiltinID = (FDecl ? FDecl->getBuiltinID() : 0);
5404 // Functions with 'interrupt' attribute cannot be called directly.
5405 if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) {
5406 Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_called);
5410 // Interrupt handlers don't save off the VFP regs automatically on ARM,
5411 // so there's some risk when calling out to non-interrupt handler functions
5412 // that the callee might not preserve them. This is easy to diagnose here,
5413 // but can be very challenging to debug.
5414 if (auto *Caller = getCurFunctionDecl())
5415 if (Caller->hasAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>()) {
5416 bool VFP = Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("vfp");
5417 if (VFP && (!FDecl || !FDecl->hasAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>()))
5418 Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arm_interrupt_calling_convention);
5421 // Promote the function operand.
5422 // We special-case function promotion here because we only allow promoting
5423 // builtin functions to function pointers in the callee of a call.
5426 Fn->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BuiltinFn)) {
5427 Result = ImpCastExprToType(Fn, Context.getPointerType(FDecl->getType()),
5428 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
5430 Result = CallExprUnaryConversions(Fn);
5432 if (Result.isInvalid())
5436 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
5437 // of arguments and function on error.
5440 TheCall = new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(Context, Fn,
5441 cast<CallExpr>(Config), Args,
5442 Context.BoolTy, VK_RValue,
5445 TheCall = new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, Context.BoolTy,
5446 VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5448 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5449 // C cannot always handle TypoExpr nodes in builtin calls and direct
5450 // function calls as their argument checking don't necessarily handle
5451 // dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have been
5453 ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(TheCall);
5454 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
5455 TheCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Result.get());
5456 if (!TheCall) return Result;
5457 Args = llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs());
5460 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
5461 if (BuiltinID && Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID))
5462 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall);
5465 const FunctionType *FuncT;
5466 if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5467 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
5468 // have type pointer to function".
5469 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
5471 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
5472 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5473 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BPT =
5474 Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
5475 FuncT = BPT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
5477 // Handle calls to expressions of unknown-any type.
5478 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
5479 ExprResult rewrite = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
5480 if (rewrite.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5482 TheCall->setCallee(Fn);
5486 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
5487 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5490 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5492 // CUDA: Kernel calls must be to global functions
5493 if (FDecl && !FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
5494 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc,diag::err_kern_call_not_global_function)
5495 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5497 // CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type
5498 if (!FuncT->getReturnType()->isVoidType())
5499 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return)
5500 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5502 // CUDA: Calls to global functions must be configured
5503 if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
5504 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_global_call_not_config)
5505 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5509 // Check for a valid return type
5510 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getReturnType(), Fn->getLocStart(), TheCall,
5514 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
5515 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context));
5516 TheCall->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(FuncT->getReturnType()));
5518 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT);
5520 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, RParenLoc,
5524 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
5527 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
5528 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
5529 const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr;
5530 if (FDecl->hasBody(Def) && Args.size() != Def->param_size()) {
5531 Proto = Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5532 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && Args.size() >= Def->param_size()))
5533 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
5534 << (Args.size() > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
5537 // If the function we're calling isn't a function prototype, but we have
5538 // a function prototype from a prior declaratiom, use that prototype.
5539 if (!FDecl->hasPrototype())
5540 Proto = FDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5543 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
5544 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) {
5545 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
5547 if (Proto && i < Proto->getNumParams()) {
5548 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5549 Context, Proto->getParamType(i), Proto->isParamConsumed(i));
5551 PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
5552 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
5555 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
5558 ExprResult ArgE = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
5560 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
5563 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
5566 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(),
5568 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
5571 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
5575 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
5576 if (!Method->isStatic())
5577 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
5578 << Fn->getSourceRange());
5580 // Check for sentinels
5582 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args);
5584 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
5586 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall, Proto))
5590 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall);
5592 if (CheckPointerCall(NDecl, TheCall, Proto))
5595 if (CheckOtherCall(TheCall, Proto))
5599 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
5603 Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty,
5604 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) {
5605 assert(Ty && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
5606 assert(InitExpr && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
5608 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5609 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
5611 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
5613 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, InitExpr);
5617 Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5618 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *LiteralExpr) {
5619 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
5621 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
5622 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Context.getBaseElementType(literalType),
5623 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type,
5624 SourceRange(LParenLoc,
5625 LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
5627 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
5628 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
5629 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
5630 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
5631 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
5632 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
5633 SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
5636 InitializedEntity Entity
5637 = InitializedEntity::InitializeCompoundLiteralInit(TInfo);
5638 InitializationKind Kind
5639 = InitializationKind::CreateCStyleCast(LParenLoc,
5640 SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
5642 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr);
5643 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr,
5645 if (Result.isInvalid())
5647 LiteralExpr = Result.get();
5649 bool isFileScope = !CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod();
5651 !LiteralExpr->isTypeDependent() &&
5652 !LiteralExpr->isValueDependent() &&
5653 !literalType->isDependentType()) { // 6.5.2.5p3
5654 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(LiteralExpr, literalType))
5658 // In C, compound literals are l-values for some reason.
5659 // For GCC compatibility, in C++, file-scope array compound literals with
5660 // constant initializers are also l-values, and compound literals are
5661 // otherwise prvalues.
5663 // (GCC also treats C++ list-initialized file-scope array prvalues with
5664 // constant initializers as l-values, but that's non-conforming, so we don't
5665 // follow it there.)
5667 // FIXME: It would be better to handle the lvalue cases as materializing and
5668 // lifetime-extending a temporary object, but our materialized temporaries
5669 // representation only supports lifetime extension from a variable, not "out
5671 // FIXME: For C++, we might want to instead lifetime-extend only if a pointer
5672 // is bound to the result of applying array-to-pointer decay to the compound
5674 // FIXME: GCC supports compound literals of reference type, which should
5675 // obviously have a value kind derived from the kind of reference involved.
5677 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !(isFileScope && literalType->isArrayType()))
5681 return MaybeBindToTemporary(
5682 new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
5683 VK, LiteralExpr, isFileScope));
5687 Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList,
5688 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
5689 // Immediately handle non-overload placeholders. Overloads can be
5690 // resolved contextually, but everything else here can't.
5691 for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) {
5692 if (InitArgList[I]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
5693 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(InitArgList[I]);
5695 // Ignore failures; dropping the entire initializer list because
5696 // of one failure would be terrible for indexing/etc.
5697 if (result.isInvalid()) continue;
5699 InitArgList[I] = result.get();
5703 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
5704 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
5706 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitArgList,
5708 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
5712 /// Do an explicit extend of the given block pointer if we're in ARC.
5713 void Sema::maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E) {
5714 assert(E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType());
5715 assert(E.get()->isRValue());
5717 // Only do this in an r-value context.
5718 if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) return;
5720 E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E.get()->getType(),
5721 CK_ARCExtendBlockObject, E.get(),
5722 /*base path*/ nullptr, VK_RValue);
5723 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
5726 /// Prepare a conversion of the given expression to an ObjC object
5728 CastKind Sema::PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E) {
5729 QualType type = E.get()->getType();
5730 if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5732 } else if (type->isBlockPointerType()) {
5733 maybeExtendBlockObject(E);
5734 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5736 assert(type->isPointerType());
5737 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5741 /// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages
5742 /// except the final cast and returning the kind required.
5743 CastKind Sema::PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &Src, QualType DestTy) {
5744 // Both Src and Dest are scalar types, i.e. arithmetic or pointer.
5745 // Also, callers should have filtered out the invalid cases with
5746 // pointers. Everything else should be possible.
5748 QualType SrcTy = Src.get()->getType();
5749 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
5752 switch (Type::ScalarTypeKind SrcKind = SrcTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5753 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5754 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5756 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5757 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5758 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5759 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5760 case Type::STK_CPointer: {
5761 unsigned SrcAS = SrcTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
5762 unsigned DestAS = DestTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
5763 if (SrcAS != DestAS)
5764 return CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
5767 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5768 return (SrcKind == Type::STK_BlockPointer
5769 ? CK_BitCast : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
5770 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5771 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer)
5773 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_CPointer)
5774 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5775 maybeExtendBlockObject(Src);
5776 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5777 case Type::STK_Bool:
5778 return CK_PointerToBoolean;
5779 case Type::STK_Integral:
5780 return CK_PointerToIntegral;
5781 case Type::STK_Floating:
5782 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5783 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5784 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5785 llvm_unreachable("illegal cast from pointer");
5787 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5789 case Type::STK_Bool: // casting from bool is like casting from an integer
5790 case Type::STK_Integral:
5791 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5792 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5793 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5794 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5795 if (Src.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5796 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
5797 return CK_NullToPointer;
5798 return CK_IntegralToPointer;
5799 case Type::STK_Bool:
5800 return CK_IntegralToBoolean;
5801 case Type::STK_Integral:
5802 return CK_IntegralCast;
5803 case Type::STK_Floating:
5804 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
5805 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5806 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5807 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5809 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
5810 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5811 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5812 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5813 CK_IntegralToFloating);
5814 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
5815 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5816 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5818 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5820 case Type::STK_Floating:
5821 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5822 case Type::STK_Floating:
5823 return CK_FloatingCast;
5824 case Type::STK_Bool:
5825 return CK_FloatingToBoolean;
5826 case Type::STK_Integral:
5827 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
5828 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5829 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5830 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5832 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
5833 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5834 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5835 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5836 CK_FloatingToIntegral);
5837 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
5838 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5839 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5840 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5841 llvm_unreachable("valid float->pointer cast?");
5842 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5843 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5845 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5847 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5848 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5849 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5850 return CK_FloatingComplexCast;
5851 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5852 return CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
5853 case Type::STK_Floating: {
5854 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
5855 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
5856 return CK_FloatingComplexToReal;
5857 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
5858 return CK_FloatingCast;
5860 case Type::STK_Bool:
5861 return CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean;
5862 case Type::STK_Integral:
5863 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5864 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5865 CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
5866 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
5867 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5868 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5869 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5870 llvm_unreachable("valid complex float->pointer cast?");
5871 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5872 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5874 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5876 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5877 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5878 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5879 return CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
5880 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5881 return CK_IntegralComplexCast;
5882 case Type::STK_Integral: {
5883 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
5884 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
5885 return CK_IntegralComplexToReal;
5886 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
5887 return CK_IntegralCast;
5889 case Type::STK_Bool:
5890 return CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean;
5891 case Type::STK_Floating:
5892 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5893 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5894 CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
5895 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
5896 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5897 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5898 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5899 llvm_unreachable("valid complex int->pointer cast?");
5900 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5901 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5903 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5906 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled scalar cast");
5909 static bool breakDownVectorType(QualType type, uint64_t &len,
5910 QualType &eltType) {
5911 // Vectors are simple.
5912 if (const VectorType *vecType = type->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5913 len = vecType->getNumElements();
5914 eltType = vecType->getElementType();
5915 assert(eltType->isScalarType());
5919 // We allow lax conversion to and from non-vector types, but only if
5920 // they're real types (i.e. non-complex, non-pointer scalar types).
5921 if (!type->isRealType()) return false;
5928 /// Are the two types lax-compatible vector types? That is, given
5929 /// that one of them is a vector, do they have equal storage sizes,
5930 /// where the storage size is the number of elements times the element
5933 /// This will also return false if either of the types is neither a
5934 /// vector nor a real type.
5935 bool Sema::areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) {
5936 assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType());
5938 // Disallow lax conversions between scalars and ExtVectors (these
5939 // conversions are allowed for other vector types because common headers
5940 // depend on them). Most scalar OP ExtVector cases are handled by the
5941 // splat path anyway, which does what we want (convert, not bitcast).
5942 // What this rules out for ExtVectors is crazy things like char4*float.
5943 if (srcTy->isScalarType() && destTy->isExtVectorType()) return false;
5944 if (destTy->isScalarType() && srcTy->isExtVectorType()) return false;
5946 uint64_t srcLen, destLen;
5947 QualType srcEltTy, destEltTy;
5948 if (!breakDownVectorType(srcTy, srcLen, srcEltTy)) return false;
5949 if (!breakDownVectorType(destTy, destLen, destEltTy)) return false;
5951 // ASTContext::getTypeSize will return the size rounded up to a
5952 // power of 2, so instead of using that, we need to use the raw
5953 // element size multiplied by the element count.
5954 uint64_t srcEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(srcEltTy);
5955 uint64_t destEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(destEltTy);
5957 return (srcLen * srcEltSize == destLen * destEltSize);
5960 /// Is this a legal conversion between two types, one of which is
5961 /// known to be a vector type?
5962 bool Sema::isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) {
5963 assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType());
5965 if (!Context.getLangOpts().LaxVectorConversions)
5967 return areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(srcTy, destTy);
5970 bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
5972 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
5974 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegralType(Context)) {
5975 if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(Ty, VectorTy))
5976 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
5977 Ty->isVectorType() ?
5978 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
5979 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
5980 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
5982 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
5983 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
5984 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
5990 ExprResult Sema::prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr) {
5991 QualType DestElemTy = VectorTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
5993 if (DestElemTy == SplattedExpr->getType())
5994 return SplattedExpr;
5996 assert(DestElemTy->isFloatingType() ||
5997 DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
6000 if (VectorTy->isExtVectorType() && SplattedExpr->getType()->isBooleanType()) {
6001 // OpenCL requires that we convert `true` boolean expressions to -1, but
6002 // only when splatting vectors.
6003 if (DestElemTy->isFloatingType()) {
6004 // To avoid having to have a CK_BooleanToSignedFloating cast kind, we cast
6005 // in two steps: boolean to signed integral, then to floating.
6006 ExprResult CastExprRes = ImpCastExprToType(SplattedExpr, Context.IntTy,
6007 CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral);
6008 SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get();
6009 CK = CK_IntegralToFloating;
6011 CK = CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral;
6014 ExprResult CastExprRes = SplattedExpr;
6015 CK = PrepareScalarCast(CastExprRes, DestElemTy);
6016 if (CastExprRes.isInvalid())
6018 SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get();
6020 return ImpCastExprToType(SplattedExpr, DestElemTy, CK);
6023 ExprResult Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy,
6024 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &Kind) {
6025 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
6027 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
6029 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
6030 // an ExtVectorType.
6031 // In OpenCL, casts between vectors of different types are not allowed.
6032 // (See OpenCL 6.2).
6033 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
6034 if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(SrcTy, DestTy)
6035 || (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
6036 (DestTy.getCanonicalType() != SrcTy.getCanonicalType()))) {
6037 Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
6038 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
6045 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
6046 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
6047 // splat from elt type to vector.
6048 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
6049 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
6050 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
6051 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
6053 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
6054 return prepareVectorSplat(DestTy, CastExpr);
6058 Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6059 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
6060 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr) {
6061 assert(!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) &&
6062 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
6064 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo = GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(D, CastExpr->getType());
6065 if (D.isInvalidType())
6068 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6069 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
6070 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
6072 // Make sure any TypoExprs have been dealt with.
6073 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CastExpr);
6074 if (!Res.isUsable())
6076 CastExpr = Res.get();
6079 checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D);
6081 QualType castType = castTInfo->getType();
6082 Ty = CreateParsedType(castType, castTInfo);
6084 bool isVectorLiteral = false;
6086 // Check for an altivec or OpenCL literal,
6087 // i.e. all the elements are integer constants.
6088 ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(CastExpr);
6089 ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr);
6090 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector || getLangOpts().OpenCL)
6091 && castType->isVectorType() && (PE || PLE)) {
6092 if (PLE && PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
6093 Diag(PLE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
6096 if (PE || PLE->getNumExprs() == 1) {
6097 Expr *E = (PE ? PE->getSubExpr() : PLE->getExpr(0));
6098 if (!E->getType()->isVectorType())
6099 isVectorLiteral = true;
6102 isVectorLiteral = true;
6105 // If this is a vector initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
6106 // then handle it as such.
6107 if (isVectorLiteral)
6108 return BuildVectorLiteral(LParenLoc, RParenLoc, CastExpr, castTInfo);
6110 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
6111 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
6112 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
6113 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr)) {
6114 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, CastExpr);
6115 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6116 CastExpr = Result.get();
6119 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !castType->isVoidType() &&
6120 !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(LParenLoc))
6121 Diag(LParenLoc, diag::warn_old_style_cast) << CastExpr->getSourceRange();
6123 CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(castType, CastExpr);
6125 CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(castType, CastExpr);
6127 DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(castType.getTypePtr(), CastExpr);
6129 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, CastExpr);
6132 ExprResult Sema::BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6133 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
6134 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
6135 assert((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) &&
6136 "Expected paren or paren list expression");
6141 SourceLocation LiteralLParenLoc, LiteralRParenLoc;
6142 if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(E)) {
6143 LiteralLParenLoc = PE->getLParenLoc();
6144 LiteralRParenLoc = PE->getRParenLoc();
6145 exprs = PE->getExprs();
6146 numExprs = PE->getNumExprs();
6147 } else { // isa<ParenExpr> by assertion at function entrance
6148 LiteralLParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getLParen();
6149 LiteralRParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getRParen();
6150 subExpr = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
6155 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
6156 assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type");
6158 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
6159 const VectorType *VTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>();
6160 unsigned numElems = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
6162 // '(...)' form of vector initialization in AltiVec: the number of
6163 // initializers must be one or must match the size of the vector.
6164 // If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will be
6165 // replicated to all the components of the vector
6166 if (VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector) {
6167 // The number of initializers must be one or must match the size of the
6168 // vector. If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will
6169 // be replicated to all the components of the vector
6170 if (numExprs == 1) {
6171 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
6172 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
6173 if (Literal.isInvalid())
6175 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy,
6176 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
6177 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get());
6179 else if (numExprs < numElems) {
6180 Diag(E->getExprLoc(),
6181 diag::err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers);
6185 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
6188 // For OpenCL, when the number of initializers is a single value,
6189 // it will be replicated to all components of the vector.
6190 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
6191 VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector &&
6193 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
6194 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
6195 if (Literal.isInvalid())
6197 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy,
6198 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
6199 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get());
6202 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
6204 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
6205 // braces instead of the original commas.
6206 InitListExpr *initE = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LiteralLParenLoc,
6207 initExprs, LiteralRParenLoc);
6209 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, initE);
6212 /// This is not an AltiVec-style cast or or C++ direct-initialization, so turn
6213 /// the ParenListExpr into a sequence of comma binary operators.
6215 Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *OrigExpr) {
6216 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(OrigExpr);
6220 ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(0));
6222 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
6223 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, Result.get(),
6226 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6228 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), Result.get());
6231 ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
6234 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, Val, R);
6238 /// \brief Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer
6239 /// constant and the other is not a pointer. Returns true if a diagnostic is
6241 bool Sema::DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
6242 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6243 Expr *NullExpr = LHSExpr;
6244 Expr *NonPointerExpr = RHSExpr;
6245 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
6246 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6247 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
6249 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) {
6251 NonPointerExpr = LHSExpr;
6253 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6254 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
6257 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull)
6260 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression)
6263 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
6264 // In this case, check to make sure that we got here from a "NULL"
6265 // string in the source code.
6266 NullExpr = NullExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6267 SourceLocation loc = NullExpr->getExprLoc();
6268 if (!findMacroSpelling(loc, "NULL"))
6272 int DiagType = (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr);
6273 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null)
6274 << NonPointerExpr->getType() << DiagType
6275 << NonPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
6279 /// \brief Return false if the condition expression is valid, true otherwise.
6280 static bool checkCondition(Sema &S, Expr *Cond, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6281 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
6283 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i says the condition cannot be a floating point type.
6284 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isFloatingType()) {
6285 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat)
6286 << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange();
6291 if (CondTy->isScalarType()) return false;
6293 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
6294 << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange();
6298 /// \brief Handle when one or both operands are void type.
6299 static QualType checkConditionalVoidType(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
6301 Expr *LHSExpr = LHS.get();
6302 Expr *RHSExpr = RHS.get();
6304 if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
6305 S.Diag(RHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
6306 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
6307 if (!RHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
6308 S.Diag(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
6309 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange();
6310 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
6311 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
6312 return S.Context.VoidTy;
6315 /// \brief Return false if the NullExpr can be promoted to PointerTy,
6317 static bool checkConditionalNullPointer(Sema &S, ExprResult &NullExpr,
6318 QualType PointerTy) {
6319 if ((!PointerTy->isAnyPointerType() && !PointerTy->isBlockPointerType()) ||
6320 !NullExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
6321 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
6324 NullExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(NullExpr.get(), PointerTy, CK_NullToPointer);
6328 /// \brief Checks compatibility between two pointers and return the resulting
6330 static QualType checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
6332 SourceLocation Loc) {
6333 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6334 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6336 if (S.Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) {
6337 // Two identical pointers types are always compatible.
6341 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
6343 // Get the pointee types.
6344 bool IsBlockPointer = false;
6345 if (const BlockPointerType *LHSBTy = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
6346 lhptee = LHSBTy->getPointeeType();
6347 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6348 IsBlockPointer = true;
6350 lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6351 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6354 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types or to
6355 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
6356 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the composite
6359 // Only CVR-qualifiers exist in the standard, and the differently-qualified
6360 // clause doesn't make sense for our extensions. E.g. address space 2 should
6361 // be incompatible with address space 3: they may live on different devices or
6363 Qualifiers lhQual = lhptee.getQualifiers();
6364 Qualifiers rhQual = rhptee.getQualifiers();
6366 unsigned ResultAddrSpace = 0;
6367 unsigned LAddrSpace = lhQual.getAddressSpace();
6368 unsigned RAddrSpace = rhQual.getAddressSpace();
6369 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6370 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5 - Conversion between pointers to distinct address
6371 // spaces is disallowed.
6372 if (lhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhQual))
6373 ResultAddrSpace = LAddrSpace;
6374 else if (rhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(lhQual))
6375 ResultAddrSpace = RAddrSpace;
6378 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
6379 << LHSTy << RHSTy << 2 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6380 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6385 unsigned MergedCVRQual = lhQual.getCVRQualifiers() | rhQual.getCVRQualifiers();
6386 auto LHSCastKind = CK_BitCast, RHSCastKind = CK_BitCast;
6387 lhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
6388 rhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
6390 // OpenCL v2.0 specification doesn't extend compatibility of type qualifiers
6391 // (C99 6.7.3) for address spaces. We assume that the check should behave in
6392 // the same manner as it's defined for CVR qualifiers, so for OpenCL two
6393 // qual types are compatible iff
6394 // * corresponded types are compatible
6395 // * CVR qualifiers are equal
6396 // * address spaces are equal
6397 // Thus for conditional operator we merge CVR and address space unqualified
6398 // pointees and if there is a composite type we return a pointer to it with
6399 // merged qualifiers.
6400 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6401 LHSCastKind = LAddrSpace == ResultAddrSpace
6403 : CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
6404 RHSCastKind = RAddrSpace == ResultAddrSpace
6406 : CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
6407 lhQual.removeAddressSpace();
6408 rhQual.removeAddressSpace();
6411 lhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), lhQual);
6412 rhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), rhQual);
6414 QualType CompositeTy = S.Context.mergeTypes(lhptee, rhptee);
6416 if (CompositeTy.isNull()) {
6417 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
6418 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
6419 // to get a consistent AST.
6420 QualType incompatTy;
6421 incompatTy = S.Context.getPointerType(
6422 S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(S.Context.VoidTy, ResultAddrSpace));
6423 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, LHSCastKind);
6424 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, RHSCastKind);
6425 // FIXME: For OpenCL the warning emission and cast to void* leaves a room
6426 // for casts between types with incompatible address space qualifiers.
6427 // For the following code the compiler produces casts between global and
6428 // local address spaces of the corresponded innermost pointees:
6429 // local int *global *a;
6430 // global int *global *b;
6431 // a = (0 ? a : b); // see C99 6.5.16.1.p1.
6432 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
6433 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6434 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6438 // The pointer types are compatible.
6439 // In case of OpenCL ResultTy should have the address space qualifier
6440 // which is a superset of address spaces of both the 2nd and the 3rd
6441 // operands of the conditional operator.
6442 QualType ResultTy = [&, ResultAddrSpace]() {
6443 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6444 Qualifiers CompositeQuals = CompositeTy.getQualifiers();
6445 CompositeQuals.setAddressSpace(ResultAddrSpace);
6447 .getQualifiedType(CompositeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), CompositeQuals)
6448 .withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual);
6450 return CompositeTy.withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual);
6453 ResultTy = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultTy);
6455 ResultTy = S.Context.getPointerType(ResultTy);
6457 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultTy, LHSCastKind);
6458 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultTy, RHSCastKind);
6462 /// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both block pointers.
6463 static QualType checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(Sema &S,
6466 SourceLocation Loc) {
6467 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6468 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6470 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
6471 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
6472 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy);
6473 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6474 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6477 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
6478 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6479 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6483 // We have 2 block pointer types.
6484 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
6487 /// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both pointers.
6489 checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
6491 SourceLocation Loc) {
6492 // get the pointer types
6493 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6494 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6496 // get the "pointed to" types
6497 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6498 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6500 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
6501 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
6502 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
6503 QualType destPointee
6504 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
6505 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6506 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6507 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6508 // Promote to void*.
6509 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6512 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
6513 QualType destPointee
6514 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
6515 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6516 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6517 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6518 // Promote to void*.
6519 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6523 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
6526 /// \brief Return false if the first expression is not an integer and the second
6527 /// expression is not a pointer, true otherwise.
6528 static bool checkPointerIntegerMismatch(Sema &S, ExprResult &Int,
6529 Expr* PointerExpr, SourceLocation Loc,
6530 bool IsIntFirstExpr) {
6531 if (!PointerExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
6532 !Int.get()->getType()->isIntegerType())
6535 Expr *Expr1 = IsIntFirstExpr ? Int.get() : PointerExpr;
6536 Expr *Expr2 = IsIntFirstExpr ? PointerExpr : Int.get();
6538 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
6539 << Expr1->getType() << Expr2->getType()
6540 << Expr1->getSourceRange() << Expr2->getSourceRange();
6541 Int = S.ImpCastExprToType(Int.get(), PointerExpr->getType(),
6542 CK_IntegralToPointer);
6546 /// \brief Simple conversion between integer and floating point types.
6548 /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the
6549 /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar.
6551 /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i and s6.11.6 together require that the scalar
6552 /// types are either integer or floating type. Between the two
6553 /// operands, the type with the higher rank is defined as the "result
6554 /// type". The other operand needs to be promoted to the same type. No
6555 /// other type promotion is allowed. We cannot use
6556 /// UsualArithmeticConversions() for this purpose, since it always
6557 /// promotes promotable types.
6558 static QualType OpenCLArithmeticConversions(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
6560 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6561 LHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
6562 if (LHS.isInvalid())
6564 RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
6565 if (RHS.isInvalid())
6568 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
6569 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
6571 S.Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
6573 S.Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
6575 if (!LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSType->isRealFloatingType()) {
6576 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float)
6577 << LHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6581 if (!RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) {
6582 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float)
6583 << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6587 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
6588 if (LHSType == RHSType)
6591 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
6592 if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType())
6593 return handleFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
6594 /*IsCompAssign = */ false);
6596 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
6597 return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
6598 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, /*IsCompAssign = */ false);
6601 /// \brief Convert scalar operands to a vector that matches the
6602 /// condition in length.
6604 /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the
6605 /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar.
6607 /// We first compute the "result type" for the scalar operands
6608 /// according to OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i. Both operands are then converted
6609 /// into a vector of that type where the length matches the condition
6610 /// vector type. s6.11.6 requires that the element types of the result
6611 /// and the condition must have the same number of bits.
6613 OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6614 QualType CondTy, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6615 QualType ResTy = OpenCLArithmeticConversions(S, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
6616 if (ResTy.isNull()) return QualType();
6618 const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>();
6621 // Determine the vector result type
6622 unsigned NumElements = CV->getNumElements();
6623 QualType VectorTy = S.Context.getExtVectorType(ResTy, NumElements);
6625 // Ensure that all types have the same number of bits
6626 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CV->getElementType())
6627 != S.Context.getTypeSize(ResTy)) {
6628 // Since VectorTy is created internally, it does not pretty print
6629 // with an OpenCL name. Instead, we just print a description.
6630 std::string EleTyName = ResTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString();
6631 SmallString<64> Str;
6632 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
6633 OS << "(vector of " << NumElements << " '" << EleTyName << "' values)";
6634 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size)
6635 << CondTy << OS.str();
6639 // Convert operands to the vector result type
6640 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
6641 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
6646 /// \brief Return false if this is a valid OpenCL condition vector
6647 static bool checkOpenCLConditionVector(Sema &S, Expr *Cond,
6648 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6649 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 says the elements of the vector must be of
6651 const VectorType *CondTy = Cond->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
6653 QualType EleTy = CondTy->getElementType();
6654 if (EleTy->isIntegerType()) return false;
6656 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat)
6657 << Cond->getType() << Cond->getSourceRange();
6661 /// \brief Return false if the vector condition type and the vector
6662 /// result type are compatible.
6664 /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 requires that both vector types have the same
6665 /// number of elements, and their element types have the same number
6667 static bool checkVectorResult(Sema &S, QualType CondTy, QualType VecResTy,
6668 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6669 const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>();
6670 const VectorType *RV = VecResTy->getAs<VectorType>();
6673 if (CV->getNumElements() != RV->getNumElements()) {
6674 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_size)
6675 << CondTy << VecResTy;
6679 QualType CVE = CV->getElementType();
6680 QualType RVE = RV->getElementType();
6682 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CVE) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RVE)) {
6683 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size)
6684 << CondTy << VecResTy;
6691 /// \brief Return the resulting type for the conditional operator in
6692 /// OpenCL (aka "ternary selection operator", OpenCL v1.1
6693 /// s6.3.i) when the condition is a vector type.
6695 OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(Sema &S, ExprResult &Cond,
6696 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6697 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6698 Cond = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Cond.get());
6699 if (Cond.isInvalid())
6701 QualType CondTy = Cond.get()->getType();
6703 if (checkOpenCLConditionVector(S, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc))
6706 // If either operand is a vector then find the vector type of the
6707 // result as specified in OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i.
6708 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6709 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
6710 QualType VecResTy = S.CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc,
6711 /*isCompAssign*/false,
6712 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
6713 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
6714 if (VecResTy.isNull()) return QualType();
6715 // The result type must match the condition type as specified in
6716 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6.
6717 if (checkVectorResult(S, CondTy, VecResTy, QuestionLoc))
6722 // Both operands are scalar.
6723 return OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(S, LHS, RHS, CondTy, QuestionLoc);
6726 /// \brief Return true if the Expr is block type
6727 static bool checkBlockType(Sema &S, const Expr *E) {
6728 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
6729 QualType Ty = CE->getCallee()->getType();
6730 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
6731 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_ternary_with_block);
6738 /// Note that LHS is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
6739 /// In that case, LHS = cond.
6741 QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
6742 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
6744 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6746 ExprResult LHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
6747 if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
6750 ExprResult RHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
6751 if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
6754 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
6755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6756 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
6761 // The OpenCL operator with a vector condition is sufficiently
6762 // different to merit its own checker.
6763 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && Cond.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
6764 return OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(*this, Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
6766 // First, check the condition.
6767 Cond = UsualUnaryConversions(Cond.get());
6768 if (Cond.isInvalid())
6770 if (checkCondition(*this, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc))
6773 // Now check the two expressions.
6774 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6775 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
6776 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
6777 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
6778 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
6780 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
6781 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
6784 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6785 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6787 // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where
6788 // such conversions currently can't be handled.
6789 if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSTy, RHSTy)) {
6791 diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LHSTy << RHSTy
6792 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6796 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks cannot be used as expressions of the ternary
6797 // selection operator (?:).
6798 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
6799 (checkBlockType(*this, LHS.get()) | checkBlockType(*this, RHS.get()))) {
6803 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
6804 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
6805 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
6806 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
6807 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
6812 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
6814 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
6815 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
6816 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
6817 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
6818 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
6819 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
6820 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
6823 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
6824 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
6825 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
6826 return checkConditionalVoidType(*this, LHS, RHS);
6829 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
6830 // the type of the other operand."
6831 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, RHS, LHSTy)) return LHSTy;
6832 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, LHS, RHSTy)) return RHSTy;
6834 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
6835 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
6837 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
6839 if (!compositeType.isNull())
6840 return compositeType;
6843 // Handle block pointer types.
6844 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType())
6845 return checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
6848 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
6849 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType())
6850 return checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
6853 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. Note that
6854 // null pointers have been filtered out by this point.
6855 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, LHS, RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
6856 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/true))
6858 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, RHS, LHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
6859 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/false))
6862 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
6863 // constant and the other is not a pointer type. In this case, the user most
6864 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
6865 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
6868 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
6869 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
6870 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6871 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6875 /// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
6876 /// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
6877 QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6878 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6879 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6880 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6882 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
6883 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
6884 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
6885 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
6886 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
6887 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6890 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
6891 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
6892 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6895 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
6896 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
6897 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
6898 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6901 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
6902 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
6903 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6906 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
6907 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
6908 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
6909 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
6912 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
6913 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
6914 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast);
6917 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
6918 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6920 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
6921 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
6924 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6925 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6926 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
6928 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
6929 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
6930 // type. This allows
6931 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
6932 // where B is a subclass of A.
6934 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
6935 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
6936 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
6937 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
6939 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
6940 // It could return the composite type.
6941 if (!(compositeType =
6942 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull()) {
6943 // Nothing more to do.
6944 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
6945 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
6946 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
6947 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
6948 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
6949 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
6950 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
6951 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
6952 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
6953 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
6954 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
6955 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
6956 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
6957 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
6959 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
6961 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6962 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
6963 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
6964 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
6967 // The object pointer types are compatible.
6968 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
6969 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
6970 return compositeType;
6972 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
6973 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6974 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
6975 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
6976 // so these types are not compatible.
6977 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
6978 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6982 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6983 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6984 QualType destPointee
6985 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
6986 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6987 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6988 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6989 // Promote to void*.
6990 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6993 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
6994 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
6995 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
6996 // so these types are not compatible.
6997 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
6998 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7002 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7003 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7004 QualType destPointee
7005 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
7006 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
7007 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
7008 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
7009 // Promote to void*.
7010 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
7016 /// SuggestParentheses - Emit a note with a fixit hint that wraps
7017 /// ParenRange in parentheses.
7018 static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
7019 const PartialDiagnostic &Note,
7020 SourceRange ParenRange) {
7021 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
7022 if (ParenRange.getBegin().isFileID() && ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() &&
7024 Self.Diag(Loc, Note)
7025 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
7026 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
7028 // We can't display the parentheses, so just show the bare note.
7029 Self.Diag(Loc, Note) << ParenRange;
7033 static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
7034 return BinaryOperator::isAdditiveOp(Opc) ||
7035 BinaryOperator::isMultiplicativeOp(Opc) ||
7036 BinaryOperator::isShiftOp(Opc);
7039 /// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary
7040 /// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator,
7041 /// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHSExprs to the right-hand side
7043 static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode,
7045 // Don't strip parenthesis: we should not warn if E is in parenthesis.
7046 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
7047 E = E->IgnoreConversionOperator();
7048 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
7050 // Built-in binary operator.
7051 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7052 if (IsArithmeticOp(OP->getOpcode())) {
7053 *Opcode = OP->getOpcode();
7054 *RHSExprs = OP->getRHS();
7059 // Overloaded operator.
7060 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7061 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2)
7064 // Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into
7065 // BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op.
7066 OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator();
7067 if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow ||
7068 OO == OO_PlusPlus || OO == OO_MinusMinus)
7071 BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO);
7072 if (IsArithmeticOp(OpKind)) {
7074 *RHSExprs = Call->getArg(1);
7082 /// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type
7083 /// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is
7084 /// commonly interpreted as boolean.
7085 static bool ExprLooksBoolean(Expr *E) {
7086 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7088 if (E->getType()->isBooleanType())
7090 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
7091 return OP->isComparisonOp() || OP->isLogicalOp();
7092 if (UnaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
7093 return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot;
7094 if (E->getType()->isPointerType())
7100 /// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator
7101 /// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed
7102 /// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example:
7103 /// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2".
7104 static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self,
7105 SourceLocation OpLoc,
7109 BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode;
7112 if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Condition, &CondOpcode, &CondRHS))
7114 if (!ExprLooksBoolean(CondRHS))
7117 // The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right-
7118 // hand side that looks boolean, so warn.
7120 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_conditional)
7121 << Condition->getSourceRange()
7122 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode);
7124 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
7125 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
7126 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode),
7127 SourceRange(Condition->getLocStart(), Condition->getLocEnd()));
7129 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
7130 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first),
7131 SourceRange(CondRHS->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
7134 /// Compute the nullability of a conditional expression.
7135 static QualType computeConditionalNullability(QualType ResTy, bool IsBin,
7136 QualType LHSTy, QualType RHSTy,
7138 if (!ResTy->isAnyPointerType())
7141 auto GetNullability = [&Ctx](QualType Ty) {
7142 Optional<NullabilityKind> Kind = Ty->getNullability(Ctx);
7145 return NullabilityKind::Unspecified;
7148 auto LHSKind = GetNullability(LHSTy), RHSKind = GetNullability(RHSTy);
7149 NullabilityKind MergedKind;
7151 // Compute nullability of a binary conditional expression.
7153 if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
7154 MergedKind = NullabilityKind::NonNull;
7156 MergedKind = RHSKind;
7157 // Compute nullability of a normal conditional expression.
7159 if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable ||
7160 RHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable)
7161 MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Nullable;
7162 else if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
7163 MergedKind = RHSKind;
7164 else if (RHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
7165 MergedKind = LHSKind;
7167 MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Unspecified;
7170 // Return if ResTy already has the correct nullability.
7171 if (GetNullability(ResTy) == MergedKind)
7174 // Strip all nullability from ResTy.
7175 while (ResTy->getNullability(Ctx))
7176 ResTy = ResTy.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Ctx);
7178 // Create a new AttributedType with the new nullability kind.
7179 auto NewAttr = AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(MergedKind);
7180 return Ctx.getAttributedType(NewAttr, ResTy, ResTy);
7183 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
7184 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
7185 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
7186 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7187 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
7189 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7190 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes in the condition because it
7191 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
7192 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
7193 ExprResult CondResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CondExpr);
7194 ExprResult LHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHSExpr);
7195 ExprResult RHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(RHSExpr);
7197 if (!CondResult.isUsable())
7201 if (!LHSResult.isUsable())
7205 if (!RHSResult.isUsable())
7208 CondExpr = CondResult.get();
7209 LHSExpr = LHSResult.get();
7210 RHSExpr = RHSResult.get();
7213 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
7214 // was the condition.
7215 OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue = nullptr;
7216 Expr *commonExpr = nullptr;
7218 commonExpr = CondExpr;
7219 // Lower out placeholder types first. This is important so that we don't
7220 // try to capture a placeholder. This happens in few cases in C++; such
7221 // as Objective-C++'s dictionary subscripting syntax.
7222 if (commonExpr->hasPlaceholderType()) {
7223 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(commonExpr);
7224 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
7225 commonExpr = result.get();
7227 // We usually want to apply unary conversions *before* saving, except
7228 // in the special case of a C++ l-value conditional.
7229 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7230 && !commonExpr->isTypeDependent()
7231 && commonExpr->getValueKind() == RHSExpr->getValueKind()
7232 && commonExpr->isGLValue()
7233 && commonExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
7234 && RHSExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
7235 && Context.hasSameType(commonExpr->getType(), RHSExpr->getType()))) {
7236 ExprResult commonRes = UsualUnaryConversions(commonExpr);
7237 if (commonRes.isInvalid())
7239 commonExpr = commonRes.get();
7242 opaqueValue = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(commonExpr->getExprLoc(),
7243 commonExpr->getType(),
7244 commonExpr->getValueKind(),
7245 commonExpr->getObjectKind(),
7247 LHSExpr = CondExpr = opaqueValue;
7250 QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType();
7251 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
7252 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
7253 ExprResult Cond = CondExpr, LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr;
7254 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS,
7255 VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
7256 if (result.isNull() || Cond.isInvalid() || LHS.isInvalid() ||
7260 DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(*this, QuestionLoc, Cond.get(), LHS.get(),
7263 CheckBoolLikeConversion(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc);
7265 result = computeConditionalNullability(result, commonExpr, LHSTy, RHSTy,
7269 return new (Context)
7270 ConditionalOperator(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc, LHS.get(), ColonLoc,
7271 RHS.get(), result, VK, OK);
7273 return new (Context) BinaryConditionalOperator(
7274 commonExpr, opaqueValue, Cond.get(), LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
7275 ColonLoc, result, VK, OK);
7278 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
7279 // being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
7280 // routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
7281 // This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
7282 // FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
7283 static Sema::AssignConvertType
7284 checkPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
7285 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
7286 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
7288 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
7289 const Type *lhptee, *rhptee;
7290 Qualifiers lhq, rhq;
7291 std::tie(lhptee, lhq) =
7292 cast<PointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair();
7293 std::tie(rhptee, rhq) =
7294 cast<PointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair();
7296 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
7298 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
7299 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
7300 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
7302 // As a special case, 'non-__weak A *' -> 'non-__weak const *' is okay.
7303 if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime() &&
7304 lhq.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(rhq)) {
7305 // Ignore lifetime for further calculation.
7306 lhq.removeObjCLifetime();
7307 rhq.removeObjCLifetime();
7310 if (!lhq.compatiblyIncludes(rhq)) {
7311 // Treat address-space mismatches as fatal. TODO: address subspaces
7312 if (!lhq.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhq))
7313 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7315 // It's okay to add or remove GC or lifetime qualifiers when converting to
7317 else if (lhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime()
7318 .compatiblyIncludes(
7319 rhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime())
7320 && (lhptee->isVoidType() || rhptee->isVoidType()))
7323 // Treat lifetime mismatches as fatal.
7324 else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime())
7325 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7327 // For GCC/MS compatibility, other qualifier mismatches are treated
7328 // as still compatible in C.
7329 else ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7332 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
7333 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
7334 // version of void...
7335 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
7336 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
7339 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
7340 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
7341 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
7344 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
7345 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
7348 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
7349 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
7350 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
7353 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
7354 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
7355 QualType ltrans = QualType(lhptee, 0), rtrans = QualType(rhptee, 0);
7356 if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ltrans, rtrans)) {
7357 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
7358 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
7359 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
7360 if (lhptee->isCharType())
7361 ltrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
7362 else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
7363 ltrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(ltrans);
7365 if (rhptee->isCharType())
7366 rtrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
7367 else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
7368 rtrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rtrans);
7370 if (ltrans == rtrans) {
7371 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
7372 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
7373 // warning can be disabled.
7374 if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible)
7377 return Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign;
7380 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
7381 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
7382 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
7383 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
7384 if (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)) {
7386 lhptee = cast<PointerType>(lhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
7387 rhptee = cast<PointerType>(rhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
7388 } while (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee));
7390 if (lhptee == rhptee)
7391 return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
7394 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
7395 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7397 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7398 S.IsFunctionConversion(ltrans, rtrans, ltrans))
7399 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7403 /// checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
7404 /// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
7405 /// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
7407 static Sema::AssignConvertType
7408 checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
7410 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
7411 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
7413 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
7415 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
7416 lhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType();
7417 rhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType();
7419 // In C++, the types have to match exactly.
7420 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
7421 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
7423 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
7425 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
7426 Qualifiers LQuals = lhptee.getLocalQualifiers();
7427 Qualifiers RQuals = rhptee.getLocalQualifiers();
7428 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7429 LQuals.removeAddressSpace();
7430 RQuals.removeAddressSpace();
7432 if (LQuals != RQuals)
7433 ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7435 // FIXME: OpenCL doesn't define the exact compile time semantics for a block
7437 // The current behavior is similar to C++ lambdas. A block might be
7438 // assigned to a variable iff its return type and parameters are compatible
7439 // (C99 6.2.7) with the corresponding return type and parameters of the LHS of
7440 // an assignment. Presumably it should behave in way that a function pointer
7441 // assignment does in C, so for each parameter and return type:
7442 // * CVR and address space of LHS should be a superset of CVR and address
7444 // * unqualified types should be compatible.
7445 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7446 if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(
7447 S.Context.getQualifiedType(LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), LQuals),
7448 S.Context.getQualifiedType(RHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), RQuals)))
7449 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
7450 } else if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
7451 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
7456 /// checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
7457 /// for assignment compatibility.
7458 static Sema::AssignConvertType
7459 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
7461 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!");
7462 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!");
7464 if (LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
7465 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
7466 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && !RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
7467 !RHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
7468 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7469 return Sema::Compatible;
7471 if (RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
7472 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && !LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
7473 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
7474 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7475 return Sema::Compatible;
7477 QualType lhptee = LHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7478 QualType rhptee = RHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7480 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee) &&
7481 // make an exception for id<P>
7482 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
7483 return Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7485 if (S.Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
7486 return Sema::Compatible;
7487 if (LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
7488 return Sema::IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
7489 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7492 Sema::AssignConvertType
7493 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
7494 QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
7495 // Fake up an opaque expression. We don't actually care about what
7496 // cast operations are required, so if CheckAssignmentConstraints
7497 // adds casts to this they'll be wasted, but fortunately that doesn't
7498 // usually happen on valid code.
7499 OpaqueValueExpr RHSExpr(Loc, RHSType, VK_RValue);
7500 ExprResult RHSPtr = &RHSExpr;
7501 CastKind K = CK_Invalid;
7503 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSPtr, K, /*ConvertRHS=*/false);
7506 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
7507 /// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
7508 /// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
7512 /// struct foo *pfoo;
7514 /// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
7515 /// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
7516 /// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
7517 /// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
7519 /// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
7520 /// C99 spec dictates.
7522 /// Sets 'Kind' for any result kind except Incompatible.
7523 Sema::AssignConvertType
7524 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS,
7525 CastKind &Kind, bool ConvertRHS) {
7526 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7527 QualType OrigLHSType = LHSType;
7529 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
7531 LHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(LHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
7532 RHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(RHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
7534 // Common case: no conversion required.
7535 if (LHSType == RHSType) {
7540 // If we have an atomic type, try a non-atomic assignment, then just add an
7541 // atomic qualification step.
7542 if (const AtomicType *AtomicTy = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(LHSType)) {
7543 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
7544 CheckAssignmentConstraints(AtomicTy->getValueType(), RHS, Kind);
7545 if (result != Compatible)
7547 if (Kind != CK_NoOp && ConvertRHS)
7548 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), AtomicTy->getValueType(), Kind);
7549 Kind = CK_NonAtomicToAtomic;
7553 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
7554 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
7555 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
7556 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
7557 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
7558 // LHSType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
7560 if (const ReferenceType *LHSTypeRef = LHSType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
7561 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSTypeRef->getPointeeType(), RHSType)) {
7562 Kind = CK_LValueBitCast;
7565 return Incompatible;
7568 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
7569 // to the same ExtVector type.
7570 if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) {
7571 if (RHSType->isExtVectorType())
7572 return Incompatible;
7573 if (RHSType->isArithmeticType()) {
7574 // CK_VectorSplat does T -> vector T, so first cast to the element type.
7576 RHS = prepareVectorSplat(LHSType, RHS.get());
7577 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
7582 // Conversions to or from vector type.
7583 if (LHSType->isVectorType() || RHSType->isVectorType()) {
7584 if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) {
7585 // Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC
7586 // vector type and vice versa
7587 if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
7592 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
7593 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
7594 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
7595 if (isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) {
7597 return IncompatibleVectors;
7601 // When the RHS comes from another lax conversion (e.g. binops between
7602 // scalars and vectors) the result is canonicalized as a vector. When the
7603 // LHS is also a vector, the lax is allowed by the condition above. Handle
7604 // the case where LHS is a scalar.
7605 if (LHSType->isScalarType()) {
7606 const VectorType *VecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
7607 if (VecType && VecType->getNumElements() == 1 &&
7608 isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) {
7609 ExprResult *VecExpr = &RHS;
7610 *VecExpr = ImpCastExprToType(VecExpr->get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
7616 return Incompatible;
7619 // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where
7620 // such conversions currently can't be handled.
7621 if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType))
7622 return Incompatible;
7624 // Arithmetic conversions.
7625 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType() &&
7626 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHSType->isEnumeralType())) {
7628 Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, LHSType);
7632 // Conversions to normal pointers.
7633 if (const PointerType *LHSPointer = dyn_cast<PointerType>(LHSType)) {
7635 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
7636 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
7637 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
7638 Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
7639 return checkPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
7643 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7644 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null?
7645 return IntToPointer;
7648 // C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
7649 // with two exceptions:
7650 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
7651 // - conversions to void*
7652 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7657 // - conversions from 'Class' to the redefinition type
7658 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
7659 Context.hasSameType(LHSType,
7660 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
7666 return IncompatiblePointer;
7670 if (RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
7671 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7672 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
7673 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()
7677 AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
7682 return Incompatible;
7685 // Conversions to block pointers.
7686 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)) {
7688 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
7689 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()
7692 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()
7695 Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
7696 return checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
7699 // int or null -> T^
7700 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7701 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
7702 return IntToBlockPointer;
7706 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && RHSType->isObjCIdType()) {
7707 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
7712 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
7713 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7714 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
7718 return Incompatible;
7721 // Conversions to Objective-C pointers.
7722 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(LHSType)) {
7724 if (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7726 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
7727 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
7728 if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
7729 result == Compatible &&
7730 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(OrigLHSType, RHSType))
7731 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
7735 // int or null -> A*
7736 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7737 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
7738 return IntToPointer;
7741 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
7742 // with two exceptions:
7743 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
7744 Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
7746 // - conversions from 'void*'
7747 if (RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) {
7751 // - conversions to 'Class' from its redefinition type
7752 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
7753 Context.hasSameType(RHSType,
7754 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
7758 return IncompatiblePointer;
7761 // Only under strict condition T^ is compatible with an Objective-C pointer.
7762 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
7763 LHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(Context)) {
7765 maybeExtendBlockObject(RHS);
7766 Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
7770 return Incompatible;
7773 // Conversions from pointers that are not covered by the above.
7774 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
7776 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
7777 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
7782 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7783 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
7784 return PointerToInt;
7787 return Incompatible;
7790 // Conversions from Objective-C pointers that are not covered by the above.
7791 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
7793 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
7794 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
7799 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7800 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
7801 return PointerToInt;
7804 return Incompatible;
7807 // struct A -> struct B
7808 if (isa<TagType>(LHSType) && isa<TagType>(RHSType)) {
7809 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
7815 if (LHSType->isSamplerT() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7816 Kind = CK_IntToOCLSampler;
7820 return Incompatible;
7823 /// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
7824 /// used to initialize the transparent union.
7825 static void ConstructTransparentUnion(Sema &S, ASTContext &C,
7826 ExprResult &EResult, QualType UnionType,
7828 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
7829 // of the transparent union.
7830 Expr *E = EResult.get();
7831 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
7832 E, SourceLocation());
7833 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
7834 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
7836 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
7837 // union type from this initializer list.
7838 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
7839 EResult = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
7840 VK_RValue, Initializer, false);
7843 Sema::AssignConvertType
7844 Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
7846 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7848 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
7849 // transparent_union GCC extension.
7850 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
7851 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
7852 return Incompatible;
7854 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
7855 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
7856 FieldDecl *InitField = nullptr;
7857 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
7858 for (auto *it : UD->fields()) {
7859 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
7860 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
7862 // 2) null pointer constant
7863 if (RHSType->isPointerType())
7864 if (RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7865 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), CK_BitCast);
7870 if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7871 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
7872 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(),
7879 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
7880 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), RHS, Kind)
7882 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), Kind);
7889 return Incompatible;
7891 ConstructTransparentUnion(*this, Context, RHS, ArgType, InitField);
7895 Sema::AssignConvertType
7896 Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &CallerRHS,
7898 bool DiagnoseCFAudited,
7900 // We need to be able to tell the caller whether we diagnosed a problem, if
7901 // they ask us to issue diagnostics.
7902 assert((ConvertRHS || !Diagnose) && "can't indicate whether we diagnosed");
7904 // If ConvertRHS is false, we want to leave the caller's RHS untouched. Sadly,
7905 // we can't avoid *all* modifications at the moment, so we need some somewhere
7906 // to put the updated value.
7907 ExprResult LocalRHS = CallerRHS;
7908 ExprResult &RHS = ConvertRHS ? CallerRHS : LocalRHS;
7910 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7911 if (!LHSType->isRecordType() && !LHSType->isAtomicType()) {
7912 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
7913 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
7914 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
7915 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7917 RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
7920 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
7921 TryImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
7922 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
7923 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
7924 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
7926 /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false);
7927 if (ICS.isFailure())
7928 return Incompatible;
7929 RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
7932 if (RHS.isInvalid())
7933 return Incompatible;
7934 Sema::AssignConvertType result = Compatible;
7935 if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
7936 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(LHSType, RHSType))
7937 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
7941 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
7943 // FIXME: We also fall through for atomics; not sure what should
7944 // happen there, though.
7945 } else if (RHS.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
7946 // As a set of extensions to C, we support overloading on functions. These
7947 // functions need to be resolved here.
7949 if (FunctionDecl *FD = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(
7950 RHS.get(), LHSType, /*Complain=*/false, DAP))
7951 RHS = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(RHS.get(), DAP, FD);
7953 return Incompatible;
7956 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
7957 // a null pointer constant.
7958 if ((LHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
7959 LHSType->isBlockPointerType()) &&
7960 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7961 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
7962 if (Diagnose || ConvertRHS) {
7965 CheckPointerConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, Path,
7966 /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false, Diagnose);
7968 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, VK_RValue, &Path);
7973 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
7974 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
7975 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
7976 // expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
7978 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
7979 if (!LHSType->isReferenceType()) {
7980 // FIXME: We potentially allocate here even if ConvertRHS is false.
7981 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get(), Diagnose);
7982 if (RHS.isInvalid())
7983 return Incompatible;
7986 Expr *PRE = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7987 if (Diagnose && isa<ObjCProtocolExpr>(PRE)) {
7988 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = cast<ObjCProtocolExpr>(PRE)->getProtocol();
7989 if (PDecl && !PDecl->hasDefinition()) {
7990 Diag(PRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_atprotocol_protocol) << PDecl->getName();
7991 Diag(PDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PDecl;
7995 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
7996 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
7997 CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS, Kind, ConvertRHS);
7999 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
8000 // type of the assignment expression.
8001 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
8002 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
8003 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
8004 // does not have reference type.
8005 if (result != Incompatible && RHS.get()->getType() != LHSType) {
8006 QualType Ty = LHSType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
8007 Expr *E = RHS.get();
8009 // Check for various Objective-C errors. If we are not reporting
8010 // diagnostics and just checking for errors, e.g., during overload
8011 // resolution, return Incompatible to indicate the failure.
8012 if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
8013 CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), Ty, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion,
8014 Diagnose, DiagnoseCFAudited) != ACR_okay) {
8016 return Incompatible;
8018 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
8019 (CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(E->getLocStart(), LHSType,
8020 E->getType(), E, Diagnose) ||
8021 ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(LHSType, E, Diagnose))) {
8023 return Incompatible;
8024 // Replace the expression with a corrected version and continue so we
8025 // can find further errors.
8031 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty, Kind);
8036 QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
8038 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
8039 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
8040 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8044 // Diagnose cases where a scalar was implicitly converted to a vector and
8045 // diagnose the underlying types. Otherwise, diagnose the error
8046 // as invalid vector logical operands for non-C++ cases.
8047 QualType Sema::InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
8049 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
8050 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
8052 bool LHSNatVec = LHSType->isVectorType();
8053 bool RHSNatVec = RHSType->isVectorType();
8055 if (!(LHSNatVec && RHSNatVec)) {
8056 Expr *Vector = LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get();
8057 Expr *NonVector = !LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get();
8058 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict)
8059 << 0 << Vector->getType() << NonVector->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType()
8060 << Vector->getSourceRange();
8064 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict)
8065 << 1 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8066 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8071 /// Try to convert a value of non-vector type to a vector type by converting
8072 /// the type to the element type of the vector and then performing a splat.
8073 /// If the language is OpenCL, we only use conversions that promote scalar
8074 /// rank; for C, Obj-C, and C++ we allow any real scalar conversion except
8077 /// \param scalar - if non-null, actually perform the conversions
8078 /// \return true if the operation fails (but without diagnosing the failure)
8079 static bool tryVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *scalar,
8081 QualType vectorEltTy,
8082 QualType vectorTy) {
8083 // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it,
8085 CastKind scalarCast = CK_Invalid;
8087 if (vectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
8088 if (!scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context))
8090 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
8091 S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0)
8093 scalarCast = CK_IntegralCast;
8094 } else if (vectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
8095 if (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
8096 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
8097 S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0)
8099 scalarCast = CK_FloatingCast;
8101 else if (scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context))
8102 scalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating;
8109 // Adjust scalar if desired.
8111 if (scalarCast != CK_Invalid)
8112 *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorEltTy, scalarCast);
8113 *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
8118 /// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to another integer type
8119 /// IntTy without losing precision.
8120 static bool canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int,
8121 QualType OtherIntTy) {
8122 QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8124 // Reject cases where the value of the Int is unknown as that would
8125 // possibly cause truncation, but accept cases where the scalar can be
8126 // demoted without loss of precision.
8127 llvm::APSInt Result;
8128 bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, S.Context);
8129 int Order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(OtherIntTy, IntTy);
8130 bool IntSigned = IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
8131 bool OtherIntSigned = OtherIntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
8134 // If the scalar is constant and is of a higher order and has more active
8135 // bits that the vector element type, reject it.
8136 unsigned NumBits = IntSigned
8137 ? (Result.isNegative() ? Result.getMinSignedBits()
8138 : Result.getActiveBits())
8139 : Result.getActiveBits();
8140 if (Order < 0 && S.Context.getIntWidth(OtherIntTy) < NumBits)
8143 // If the signedness of the scalar type and the vector element type
8144 // differs and the number of bits is greater than that of the vector
8145 // element reject it.
8146 return (IntSigned != OtherIntSigned &&
8147 NumBits > S.Context.getIntWidth(OtherIntTy));
8150 // Reject cases where the value of the scalar is not constant and it's
8151 // order is greater than that of the vector element type.
8155 /// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to floating point type
8156 /// FloatTy without losing precision.
8157 static bool canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int,
8159 QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8161 // Determine if the integer constant can be expressed as a floating point
8162 // number of the appropiate type.
8163 llvm::APSInt Result;
8164 bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, S.Context);
8167 // Reject constants that would be truncated if they were converted to
8168 // the floating point type. Test by simple to/from conversion.
8169 // FIXME: Ideally the conversion to an APFloat and from an APFloat
8170 // could be avoided if there was a convertFromAPInt method
8171 // which could signal back if implicit truncation occurred.
8172 llvm::APFloat Float(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FloatTy));
8173 Float.convertFromAPInt(Result, IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(),
8174 llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero);
8175 llvm::APSInt ConvertBack(S.Context.getIntWidth(IntTy),
8176 !IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation());
8177 bool Ignored = false;
8178 Float.convertToInteger(ConvertBack, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven,
8180 if (Result != ConvertBack)
8183 // Reject types that cannot be fully encoded into the mantissa of
8185 Bits = S.Context.getTypeSize(IntTy);
8186 unsigned FloatPrec = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(
8187 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FloatTy));
8188 if (Bits > FloatPrec)
8195 /// Attempt to convert and splat Scalar into a vector whose types matches
8196 /// Vector following GCC conversion rules. The rule is that implicit
8197 /// conversion can occur when Scalar can be casted to match Vector's element
8198 /// type without causing truncation of Scalar.
8199 static bool tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *Scalar,
8200 ExprResult *Vector) {
8201 QualType ScalarTy = Scalar->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8202 QualType VectorTy = Vector->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8203 const VectorType *VT = VectorTy->getAs<VectorType>();
8205 assert(!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) &&
8206 "ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!");
8208 QualType VectorEltTy = VT->getElementType();
8210 // Reject cases where the vector element type or the scalar element type are
8211 // not integral or floating point types.
8212 if (!VectorEltTy->isArithmeticType() || !ScalarTy->isArithmeticType())
8215 // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it,
8217 CastKind ScalarCast = CK_NoOp;
8219 // Accept cases where the vector elements are integers and the scalar is
8221 // FIXME: Notionally if the scalar was a floating point value with a precise
8222 // integral representation, we could cast it to an appropriate integer
8223 // type and then perform the rest of the checks here. GCC will perform
8224 // this conversion in some cases as determined by the input language.
8225 // We should accept it on a language independent basis.
8226 if (VectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) &&
8227 ScalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) &&
8228 S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(VectorEltTy, ScalarTy)) {
8230 if (canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(S, Scalar, VectorEltTy))
8233 ScalarCast = CK_IntegralCast;
8234 } else if (VectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
8235 if (ScalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
8237 // Reject cases where the scalar type is not a constant and has a higher
8238 // Order than the vector element type.
8239 llvm::APFloat Result(0.0);
8240 bool CstScalar = Scalar->get()->EvaluateAsFloat(Result, S.Context);
8241 int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(VectorEltTy, ScalarTy);
8242 if (!CstScalar && Order < 0)
8245 // If the scalar cannot be safely casted to the vector element type,
8248 bool Truncated = false;
8249 Result.convert(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(VectorEltTy),
8250 llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &Truncated);
8255 ScalarCast = CK_FloatingCast;
8256 } else if (ScalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
8257 if (canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(S, Scalar, VectorEltTy))
8260 ScalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating;
8265 // Adjust scalar if desired.
8267 if (ScalarCast != CK_NoOp)
8268 *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(Scalar->get(), VectorEltTy, ScalarCast);
8269 *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(Scalar->get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
8274 QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8275 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
8277 bool AllowBoolConversions) {
8278 if (!IsCompAssign) {
8279 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
8280 if (LHS.isInvalid())
8283 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
8284 if (RHS.isInvalid())
8287 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
8288 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
8289 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8290 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8292 const VectorType *LHSVecType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
8293 const VectorType *RHSVecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
8294 assert(LHSVecType || RHSVecType);
8296 // AltiVec-style "vector bool op vector bool" combinations are allowed
8297 // for some operators but not others.
8298 if (!AllowBothBool &&
8299 LHSVecType && LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
8300 RHSVecType && RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool)
8301 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8303 // If the vector types are identical, return.
8304 if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType))
8307 // If we have compatible AltiVec and GCC vector types, use the AltiVec type.
8308 if (LHSVecType && RHSVecType &&
8309 Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
8310 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
8311 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8316 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
8320 // AllowBoolConversions says that bool and non-bool AltiVec vectors
8321 // can be mixed, with the result being the non-bool type. The non-bool
8322 // operand must have integer element type.
8323 if (AllowBoolConversions && LHSVecType && RHSVecType &&
8324 LHSVecType->getNumElements() == RHSVecType->getNumElements() &&
8325 (Context.getTypeSize(LHSVecType->getElementType()) ==
8326 Context.getTypeSize(RHSVecType->getElementType()))) {
8327 if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector &&
8328 LHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType() &&
8329 RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) {
8330 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8333 if (!IsCompAssign &&
8334 LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
8335 RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector &&
8336 RHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) {
8337 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
8342 // If there's a vector type and a scalar, try to convert the scalar to
8343 // the vector element type and splat.
8345 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
8346 if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, RHSType,
8347 LHSVecType->getElementType(), LHSType))
8350 if (!tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, &LHS))
8355 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) {
8356 if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, (IsCompAssign ? nullptr : &LHS),
8357 LHSType, RHSVecType->getElementType(),
8361 if (LHS.get()->getValueKind() == VK_LValue ||
8362 !tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &LHS, &RHS))
8367 // FIXME: The code below also handles conversion between vectors and
8368 // non-scalars, we should break this down into fine grained specific checks
8369 // and emit proper diagnostics.
8370 QualType VecType = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType;
8371 const VectorType *VT = LHSVecType ? LHSVecType : RHSVecType;
8372 QualType OtherType = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType;
8373 ExprResult *OtherExpr = LHSVecType ? &RHS : &LHS;
8374 if (isLaxVectorConversion(OtherType, VecType)) {
8375 // If we're allowing lax vector conversions, only the total (data) size
8376 // needs to be the same. For non compound assignment, if one of the types is
8377 // scalar, the result is always the vector type.
8378 if (!IsCompAssign) {
8379 *OtherExpr = ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr->get(), VecType, CK_BitCast);
8381 // In a compound assignment, lhs += rhs, 'lhs' is a lvalue src, forbidding
8382 // any implicit cast. Here, the 'rhs' should be implicit casted to 'lhs'
8383 // type. Note that this is already done by non-compound assignments in
8384 // CheckAssignmentConstraints. If it's a scalar type, only bitcast for
8385 // <1 x T> -> T. The result is also a vector type.
8386 } else if (OtherType->isExtVectorType() ||
8387 (OtherType->isScalarType() && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) {
8388 ExprResult *RHSExpr = &RHS;
8389 *RHSExpr = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExpr->get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8394 // Okay, the expression is invalid.
8396 // If there's a non-vector, non-real operand, diagnose that.
8397 if ((!RHSVecType && !RHSType->isRealType()) ||
8398 (!LHSVecType && !LHSType->isRealType())) {
8399 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_non_scalar)
8400 << LHSType << RHSType
8401 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8405 // OpenCL V1.1 6.2.6.p1:
8406 // If the operands are of more than one vector type, then an error shall
8407 // occur. Implicit conversions between vector types are not permitted, per
8409 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
8410 RHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType) &&
8411 LHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
8412 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_implicit_vector_conversion) << LHSType
8418 // If there is a vector type that is not a ExtVector and a scalar, we reach
8419 // this point if scalar could not be converted to the vector's element type
8420 // without truncation.
8421 if ((RHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) ||
8422 (LHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType))) {
8423 QualType Scalar = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType;
8424 QualType Vector = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType;
8425 unsigned ScalarOrVector = LHSVecType && RHSVecType ? 1 : 0;
8427 diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_implict_truncation)
8428 << ScalarOrVector << Scalar << Vector;
8433 // Otherwise, use the generic diagnostic.
8434 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
8435 << LHSType << RHSType
8436 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8440 // checkArithmeticNull - Detect when a NULL constant is used improperly in an
8441 // expression. These are mainly cases where the null pointer is used as an
8442 // integer instead of a pointer.
8443 static void checkArithmeticNull(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8444 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompare) {
8445 // The canonical way to check for a GNU null is with isNullPointerConstant,
8446 // but we use a bit of a hack here for speed; this is a relatively
8447 // hot path, and isNullPointerConstant is slow.
8448 bool LHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8449 bool RHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8451 QualType NonNullType = LHSNull ? RHS.get()->getType() : LHS.get()->getType();
8453 // Avoid analyzing cases where the result will either be invalid (and
8454 // diagnosed as such) or entirely valid and not something to warn about.
8455 if ((!LHSNull && !RHSNull) || NonNullType->isBlockPointerType() ||
8456 NonNullType->isMemberPointerType() || NonNullType->isFunctionType())
8459 // Comparison operations would not make sense with a null pointer no matter
8460 // what the other expression is.
8462 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation)
8463 << (LHSNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
8464 << (RHSNull ? RHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
8468 // The rest of the operations only make sense with a null pointer
8469 // if the other expression is a pointer.
8470 if (LHSNull == RHSNull || NonNullType->isAnyPointerType() ||
8471 NonNullType->canDecayToPointerType())
8474 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_comparison_operation)
8475 << LHSNull /* LHS is NULL */ << NonNullType
8476 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8479 static void DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS,
8481 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsDiv) {
8482 // Check for division/remainder by zero.
8483 llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
8484 if (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
8485 RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSValue, S.Context) && RHSValue == 0)
8486 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
8487 S.PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_division_by_zero)
8488 << IsDiv << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8491 QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8493 bool IsCompAssign, bool IsDiv) {
8494 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8496 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8497 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
8498 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign,
8499 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
8500 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
8502 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
8503 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8507 if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isArithmeticType())
8508 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8510 DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsDiv);
8514 QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
8515 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
8516 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8518 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8519 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8520 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
8521 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
8522 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign,
8523 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
8524 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
8525 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8528 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
8529 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8532 if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isIntegerType())
8533 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8534 DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, false /* IsDiv */);
8538 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two void pointers.
8539 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8540 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8541 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8542 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
8543 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
8544 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
8545 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
8548 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a void pointer.
8549 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8551 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8552 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
8553 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
8554 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getSourceRange();
8557 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two function pointers.
8558 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8559 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
8560 assert(LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8561 assert(RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8562 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8563 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
8564 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
8565 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
8566 // We only show the second type if it differs from the first.
8567 << (unsigned)!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS->getType(),
8569 << RHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
8570 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
8573 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a function pointer.
8574 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8576 assert(Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8577 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8578 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
8579 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
8580 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getType()->getPointeeType()
8581 << 0 /* one pointer, so only one type */
8582 << Pointer->getSourceRange();
8585 /// \brief Emit error if Operand is incomplete pointer type
8587 /// \returns True if pointer has incomplete type
8588 static bool checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8590 QualType ResType = Operand->getType();
8591 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
8592 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
8594 assert(ResType->isAnyPointerType() && !ResType->isDependentType());
8595 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
8596 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
8597 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
8598 PointeeTy, Operand->getSourceRange());
8601 /// \brief Check the validity of an arithmetic pointer operand.
8603 /// If the operand has pointer type, this code will check for pointer types
8604 /// which are invalid in arithmetic operations. These will be diagnosed
8605 /// appropriately, including whether or not the use is supported as an
8608 /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
8609 static bool checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8611 QualType ResType = Operand->getType();
8612 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
8613 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
8615 if (!ResType->isAnyPointerType()) return true;
8617 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
8618 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
8619 diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
8620 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8622 if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
8623 diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
8624 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8627 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand)) return false;
8632 /// \brief Check the validity of a binary arithmetic operation w.r.t. pointer
8635 /// This routine will diagnose any invalid arithmetic on pointer operands much
8636 /// like \see checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand. However, it has special logic
8637 /// for emitting a single diagnostic even for operations where both LHS and RHS
8638 /// are (potentially problematic) pointers.
8640 /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
8641 static bool checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8642 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8643 bool isLHSPointer = LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
8644 bool isRHSPointer = RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
8645 if (!isLHSPointer && !isRHSPointer) return true;
8647 QualType LHSPointeeTy, RHSPointeeTy;
8648 if (isLHSPointer) LHSPointeeTy = LHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
8649 if (isRHSPointer) RHSPointeeTy = RHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
8651 // if both are pointers check if operation is valid wrt address spaces
8652 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && isLHSPointer && isRHSPointer) {
8653 const PointerType *lhsPtr = LHSExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
8654 const PointerType *rhsPtr = RHSExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
8655 if (!lhsPtr->isAddressSpaceOverlapping(*rhsPtr)) {
8657 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
8658 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << 1 /*arithmetic op*/
8659 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
8664 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
8665 bool isLHSVoidPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
8666 bool isRHSVoidPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
8667 if (isLHSVoidPtr || isRHSVoidPtr) {
8668 if (!isRHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
8669 else if (!isLHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, RHSExpr);
8670 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
8672 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8675 bool isLHSFuncPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
8676 bool isRHSFuncPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
8677 if (isLHSFuncPtr || isRHSFuncPtr) {
8678 if (!isRHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
8679 else if (!isLHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc,
8681 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
8683 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8686 if (isLHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, LHSExpr))
8688 if (isRHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, RHSExpr))
8694 /// diagnoseStringPlusInt - Emit a warning when adding an integer to a string
8696 static void diagnoseStringPlusInt(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8697 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8698 StringLiteral* StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
8699 Expr* IndexExpr = RHSExpr;
8701 StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
8702 IndexExpr = LHSExpr;
8705 bool IsStringPlusInt = StrExpr &&
8706 IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType();
8707 if (!IsStringPlusInt || IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
8711 if (IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Self.getASTContext())) {
8712 unsigned StrLenWithNull = StrExpr->getLength() + 1;
8713 if (index.isNonNegative() &&
8714 index <= llvm::APSInt(llvm::APInt(index.getBitWidth(), StrLenWithNull),
8715 index.isUnsigned()))
8719 SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8720 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_int)
8721 << DiagRange << IndexExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
8723 // Only print a fixit for "str" + int, not for int + "str".
8724 if (IndexExpr == RHSExpr) {
8725 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8726 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence)
8727 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), "&")
8728 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
8729 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
8731 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence);
8734 /// \brief Emit a warning when adding a char literal to a string.
8735 static void diagnoseStringPlusChar(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8736 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8737 const Expr *StringRefExpr = LHSExpr;
8738 const CharacterLiteral *CharExpr =
8739 dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
8742 CharExpr = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
8743 StringRefExpr = RHSExpr;
8746 if (!CharExpr || !StringRefExpr)
8749 const QualType StringType = StringRefExpr->getType();
8751 // Return if not a PointerType.
8752 if (!StringType->isAnyPointerType())
8755 // Return if not a CharacterType.
8756 if (!StringType->getPointeeType()->isAnyCharacterType())
8759 ASTContext &Ctx = Self.getASTContext();
8760 SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8762 const QualType CharType = CharExpr->getType();
8763 if (!CharType->isAnyCharacterType() &&
8764 CharType->isIntegerType() &&
8765 llvm::isUIntN(Ctx.getCharWidth(), CharExpr->getValue())) {
8766 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char)
8767 << DiagRange << Ctx.CharTy;
8769 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char)
8770 << DiagRange << CharExpr->getType();
8773 // Only print a fixit for str + char, not for char + str.
8774 if (isa<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts())) {
8775 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8776 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence)
8777 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), "&")
8778 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
8779 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
8781 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence);
8785 /// \brief Emit error when two pointers are incompatible.
8786 static void diagnosePointerIncompatibility(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8787 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8788 assert(LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8789 assert(RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8790 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
8791 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
8792 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
8796 QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8797 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
8798 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
8799 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8801 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8802 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8803 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(
8804 LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy,
8805 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
8806 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
8807 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
8811 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
8812 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8815 // Diagnose "string literal" '+' int and string '+' "char literal".
8816 if (Opc == BO_Add) {
8817 diagnoseStringPlusInt(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8818 diagnoseStringPlusChar(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8821 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
8822 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
8823 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
8827 // Type-checking. Ultimately the pointer's going to be in PExp;
8828 // note that we bias towards the LHS being the pointer.
8829 Expr *PExp = LHS.get(), *IExp = RHS.get();
8832 if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
8833 isObjCPointer = false;
8834 } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8835 isObjCPointer = true;
8837 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
8838 if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
8839 isObjCPointer = false;
8840 } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8841 isObjCPointer = true;
8843 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8846 assert(PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8848 if (!IExp->getType()->isIntegerType())
8849 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8851 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, PExp))
8854 if (isObjCPointer && checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, PExp))
8857 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
8858 CheckArrayAccess(PExp, IExp);
8861 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
8862 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
8863 LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
8864 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
8865 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
8870 return PExp->getType();
8874 QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8876 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
8877 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8879 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8880 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8881 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(
8882 LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy,
8883 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
8884 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
8885 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
8889 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
8890 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8893 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
8895 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
8896 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
8897 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
8901 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
8902 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
8903 QualType lpointee = LHS.get()->getType()->getPointeeType();
8905 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
8906 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8907 checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
8910 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
8911 if (RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
8912 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
8915 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
8916 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), /*ArraySubscriptExpr*/nullptr,
8917 /*AllowOnePastEnd*/true, /*IndexNegated*/true);
8919 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
8920 return LHS.get()->getType();
8923 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
8924 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy
8925 = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
8926 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
8928 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8929 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
8930 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
8931 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8934 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
8935 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
8936 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
8937 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
8938 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8943 if (!checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(*this, Loc,
8944 LHS.get(), RHS.get()))
8947 // The pointee type may have zero size. As an extension, a structure or
8948 // union may have zero size or an array may have zero length. In this
8949 // case subtraction does not make sense.
8950 if (!rpointee->isVoidType() && !rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
8951 CharUnits ElementSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(rpointee);
8952 if (ElementSize.isZero()) {
8953 Diag(Loc,diag::warn_sub_ptr_zero_size_types)
8954 << rpointee.getUnqualifiedType()
8955 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8959 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
8960 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
8964 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8967 static bool isScopedEnumerationType(QualType T) {
8968 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
8969 return ET->getDecl()->isScoped();
8973 static void DiagnoseBadShiftValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8974 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
8976 // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS (more defined),
8977 // so skip remaining warnings as we don't want to modify values within Sema.
8978 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL)
8982 // Check right/shifter operand
8983 if (RHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
8984 !RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Right, S.Context))
8987 if (Right.isNegative()) {
8988 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
8989 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_negative)
8990 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8993 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
8994 S.Context.getTypeSize(LHS.get()->getType()));
8995 if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) {
8996 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
8997 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth)
8998 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
9004 // When left shifting an ICE which is signed, we can check for overflow which
9005 // according to C++ has undefined behavior ([expr.shift] 5.8/2). Unsigned
9006 // integers have defined behavior modulo one more than the maximum value
9007 // representable in the result type, so never warn for those.
9009 if (LHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
9010 LHSType->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() ||
9011 !LHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Left, S.Context))
9014 // If LHS does not have a signed type and non-negative value
9015 // then, the behavior is undefined. Warn about it.
9016 if (Left.isNegative() && !S.getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined()) {
9017 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, LHS.get(),
9018 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_lhs_negative)
9019 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange());
9023 llvm::APInt ResultBits =
9024 static_cast<llvm::APInt&>(Right) + Left.getMinSignedBits();
9025 if (LeftBits.uge(ResultBits))
9027 llvm::APSInt Result = Left.extend(ResultBits.getLimitedValue());
9028 Result = Result.shl(Right);
9030 // Print the bit representation of the signed integer as an unsigned
9031 // hexadecimal number.
9032 SmallString<40> HexResult;
9033 Result.toString(HexResult, 16, /*Signed =*/false, /*Literal =*/true);
9035 // If we are only missing a sign bit, this is less likely to result in actual
9036 // bugs -- if the result is cast back to an unsigned type, it will have the
9037 // expected value. Thus we place this behind a different warning that can be
9038 // turned off separately if needed.
9039 if (LeftBits == ResultBits - 1) {
9040 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit)
9041 << HexResult << LHSType
9042 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9046 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth)
9047 << HexResult.str() << Result.getMinSignedBits() << LHSType
9048 << Left.getBitWidth() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9049 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9052 /// \brief Return the resulting type when a vector is shifted
9053 /// by a scalar or vector shift amount.
9054 static QualType checkVectorShift(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9055 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
9056 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says RHS can be a vector only if LHS is a vector.
9057 if ((S.LangOpts.OpenCL || S.LangOpts.ZVector) &&
9058 !LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
9059 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_shift_rhs_only_vector)
9060 << RHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getType()
9061 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9065 if (!IsCompAssign) {
9066 LHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
9067 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
9070 RHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
9071 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
9073 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9074 // Note that LHS might be a scalar because the routine calls not only in
9076 const VectorType *LHSVecTy = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
9077 QualType LHSEleType = LHSVecTy ? LHSVecTy->getElementType() : LHSType;
9079 // Note that RHS might not be a vector.
9080 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9081 const VectorType *RHSVecTy = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
9082 QualType RHSEleType = RHSVecTy ? RHSVecTy->getElementType() : RHSType;
9084 // The operands need to be integers.
9085 if (!LHSEleType->isIntegerType()) {
9086 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int)
9087 << LHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9091 if (!RHSEleType->isIntegerType()) {
9092 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int)
9093 << RHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9101 if (LHSEleType != RHSEleType) {
9102 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(),RHSEleType, CK_IntegralCast);
9103 LHSEleType = RHSEleType;
9106 S.Context.getExtVectorType(LHSEleType, RHSVecTy->getNumElements());
9107 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat);
9109 } else if (RHSVecTy) {
9110 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says that for vector types, the operators
9111 // are applied component-wise. So if RHS is a vector, then ensure
9112 // that the number of elements is the same as LHS...
9113 if (RHSVecTy->getNumElements() != LHSVecTy->getNumElements()) {
9114 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_lengths_not_equal)
9115 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
9116 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9119 if (!S.LangOpts.OpenCL && !S.LangOpts.ZVector) {
9120 const BuiltinType *LHSBT = LHSEleType->getAs<clang::BuiltinType>();
9121 const BuiltinType *RHSBT = RHSEleType->getAs<clang::BuiltinType>();
9122 if (LHSBT != RHSBT &&
9123 S.Context.getTypeSize(LHSBT) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RHSBT)) {
9124 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_typecheck_vector_element_sizes_not_equal)
9125 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
9126 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9130 // ...else expand RHS to match the number of elements in LHS.
9132 S.Context.getExtVectorType(RHSEleType, LHSVecTy->getNumElements());
9133 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat);
9140 QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9141 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
9142 bool IsCompAssign) {
9143 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
9145 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
9146 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
9147 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
9148 if (LangOpts.ZVector) {
9149 // The shift operators for the z vector extensions work basically
9150 // like general shifts, except that neither the LHS nor the RHS is
9151 // allowed to be a "vector bool".
9152 if (auto LHSVecType = LHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
9153 if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool)
9154 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9155 if (auto RHSVecType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
9156 if (RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool)
9157 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9159 return checkVectorShift(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
9162 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
9163 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
9165 // For the LHS, do usual unary conversions, but then reset them away
9166 // if this is a compound assignment.
9167 ExprResult OldLHS = LHS;
9168 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
9169 if (LHS.isInvalid())
9171 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9172 if (IsCompAssign) LHS = OldLHS;
9174 // The RHS is simpler.
9175 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
9176 if (RHS.isInvalid())
9178 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9180 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
9181 if (!LHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
9182 !RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
9183 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9185 // C++0x: Don't allow scoped enums. FIXME: Use something better than
9186 // hasIntegerRepresentation() above instead of this.
9187 if (isScopedEnumerationType(LHSType) ||
9188 isScopedEnumerationType(RHSType)) {
9189 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9191 // Sanity-check shift operands
9192 DiagnoseBadShiftValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc, LHSType);
9194 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
9198 static bool IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(Decl *D) {
9199 if (DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext()) {
9200 if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC))
9202 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
9203 return FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
9208 /// If two different enums are compared, raise a warning.
9209 static void checkEnumComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS,
9211 QualType LHSStrippedType = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
9212 QualType RHSStrippedType = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
9214 const EnumType *LHSEnumType = LHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
9217 const EnumType *RHSEnumType = RHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
9221 // Ignore anonymous enums.
9222 if (!LHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
9224 if (!RHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
9227 if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSStrippedType, RHSStrippedType))
9230 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comparison_of_mixed_enum_types)
9231 << LHSStrippedType << RHSStrippedType
9232 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
9235 /// \brief Diagnose bad pointer comparisons.
9236 static void diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9237 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9239 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers
9240 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
9241 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
9242 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9245 /// \brief Returns false if the pointers are converted to a composite type,
9247 static bool convertPointersToCompositeType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9248 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS) {
9249 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
9250 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
9251 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
9252 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
9253 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
9255 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
9256 // comparisons of pointers.
9258 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9259 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9260 assert(LHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isPointerType() ||
9261 LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType());
9263 QualType T = S.FindCompositePointerType(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9265 if ((LHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isMemberPointerType()) &&
9266 (RHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType()))
9267 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/true);
9269 S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9273 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), T, CK_BitCast);
9274 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), T, CK_BitCast);
9278 static void diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9282 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void
9283 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
9284 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
9285 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9288 static bool isObjCObjectLiteral(ExprResult &E) {
9289 switch (E.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getStmtClass()) {
9290 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
9291 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
9292 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
9293 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
9296 // Note that ObjCBoolLiteral is NOT an object literal!
9301 static bool hasIsEqualMethod(Sema &S, const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS) {
9302 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Type =
9303 LHS->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
9305 // If this is not actually an Objective-C object, bail out.
9309 // Get the LHS object's interface type.
9310 QualType InterfaceType = Type->getPointeeType();
9312 // If the RHS isn't an Objective-C object, bail out.
9313 if (!RHS->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9316 // Try to find the -isEqual: method.
9317 Selector IsEqualSel = S.NSAPIObj->getIsEqualSelector();
9318 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = S.LookupMethodInObjectType(IsEqualSel,
9322 if (Type->isObjCIdType()) {
9323 // For 'id', just check the global pool.
9324 Method = S.LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(IsEqualSel, SourceRange(),
9325 /*receiverId=*/true);
9328 Method = S.LookupMethodInQualifiedType(IsEqualSel, Type,
9336 QualType T = Method->parameters()[0]->getType();
9337 if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9340 QualType R = Method->getReturnType();
9341 if (!R->isScalarType())
9347 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Sema::CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE) {
9348 FromE = FromE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9349 switch (FromE->getStmtClass()) {
9352 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
9355 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
9358 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
9359 // "dictionary literal"
9360 return LK_Dictionary;
9361 case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
9363 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: {
9364 Expr *Inner = cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(FromE)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
9365 switch (Inner->getStmtClass()) {
9366 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
9367 case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
9368 case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
9369 case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
9370 case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
9371 // "numeric literal"
9373 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
9374 CastKind CK = cast<CastExpr>(Inner)->getCastKind();
9375 // Boolean literals can be represented by implicit casts.
9376 if (CK == CK_IntegralToBoolean || CK == CK_IntegralCast)
9389 static void diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9390 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9391 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc){
9394 if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS)) {
9395 Literal = LHS.get();
9398 Literal = RHS.get();
9402 // Don't warn on comparisons against nil.
9403 Other = Other->IgnoreParenCasts();
9404 if (Other->isNullPointerConstant(S.getASTContext(),
9405 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
9408 // This should be kept in sync with warn_objc_literal_comparison.
9409 // LK_String should always be after the other literals, since it has its own
9411 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind = S.CheckLiteralKind(Literal);
9412 assert(LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block);
9413 if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_None) {
9414 llvm_unreachable("Unknown Objective-C object literal kind");
9417 if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_String)
9418 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_string_literal_comparison)
9419 << Literal->getSourceRange();
9421 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_literal_comparison)
9422 << LiteralKind << Literal->getSourceRange();
9424 if (BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc) &&
9425 hasIsEqualMethod(S, LHS.get(), RHS.get())) {
9426 SourceLocation Start = LHS.get()->getLocStart();
9427 SourceLocation End = S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getLocEnd());
9428 CharSourceRange OpRange =
9429 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc));
9431 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_objc_literal_comparison_isequal)
9432 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Start, Opc == BO_EQ ? "[" : "![")
9433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, " isEqual:")
9434 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(End, "]");
9438 /// Warns on !x < y, !x & y where !(x < y), !(x & y) was probably intended.
9439 static void diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
9440 ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
9441 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
9442 // Check that left hand side is !something.
9443 UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts());
9444 if (!UO || UO->getOpcode() != UO_LNot) return;
9446 // Only check if the right hand side is non-bool arithmetic type.
9447 if (RHS.get()->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return;
9449 // Make sure that the something in !something is not bool.
9450 Expr *SubExpr = UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
9451 if (SubExpr->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return;
9454 bool IsBitwiseOp = Opc == BO_And || Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor;
9455 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_not_on_lhs_of_check)
9456 << Loc << IsBitwiseOp;
9458 // First note suggest !(x < y)
9459 SourceLocation FirstOpen = SubExpr->getLocStart();
9460 SourceLocation FirstClose = RHS.get()->getLocEnd();
9461 FirstClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstClose);
9462 if (FirstClose.isInvalid())
9463 FirstOpen = SourceLocation();
9464 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_fix)
9466 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstOpen, "(")
9467 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstClose, ")");
9469 // Second note suggests (!x) < y
9470 SourceLocation SecondOpen = LHS.get()->getLocStart();
9471 SourceLocation SecondClose = LHS.get()->getLocEnd();
9472 SecondClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondClose);
9473 if (SecondClose.isInvalid())
9474 SecondOpen = SourceLocation();
9475 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_silence_with_parens)
9476 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondOpen, "(")
9477 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondClose, ")");
9480 // Get the decl for a simple expression: a reference to a variable,
9481 // an implicit C++ field reference, or an implicit ObjC ivar reference.
9482 static ValueDecl *getCompareDecl(Expr *E) {
9483 if (DeclRefExpr* DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
9484 return DR->getDecl();
9485 if (ObjCIvarRefExpr* Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) {
9486 if (Ivar->isFreeIvar())
9487 return Ivar->getDecl();
9489 if (MemberExpr* Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9490 if (Mem->isImplicitAccess())
9491 return Mem->getMemberDecl();
9496 // C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
9497 QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9498 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
9499 bool IsRelational) {
9500 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/true);
9502 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
9503 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
9504 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
9505 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsRelational);
9507 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9508 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9510 Expr *LHSStripped = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9511 Expr *RHSStripped = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9513 checkEnumComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
9514 diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc);
9516 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() &&
9517 !(LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && IsRelational) &&
9518 !LHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
9519 !RHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
9520 !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
9521 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
9522 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
9523 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
9525 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro
9526 // expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self
9527 // comparisons within a template specialization. The warnings should catch
9528 // obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to
9529 // warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same
9531 ValueDecl *DL = getCompareDecl(LHSStripped);
9532 ValueDecl *DR = getCompareDecl(RHSStripped);
9533 if (DL && DR && DL == DR && !IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(DL)) {
9534 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
9539 } else if (DL && DR && LHSType->isArrayType() && RHSType->isArrayType() &&
9540 !DL->getType()->isReferenceType() &&
9541 !DR->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9542 // what is it always going to eval to?
9543 char always_evals_to;
9545 case BO_EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2
9546 always_evals_to = 0; // false
9548 case BO_NE: // e.g. array1 != array2
9549 always_evals_to = 1; // true
9552 // best we can say is 'a constant'
9553 always_evals_to = 2; // e.g. array1 <= array2
9556 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
9558 << always_evals_to);
9561 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
9562 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
9563 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
9564 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
9566 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
9567 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
9568 Expr *literalString = nullptr;
9569 Expr *literalStringStripped = nullptr;
9570 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
9571 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
9572 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
9573 literalString = LHS.get();
9574 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
9575 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
9576 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
9577 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
9578 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
9579 literalString = RHS.get();
9580 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
9583 if (literalString) {
9584 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr,
9585 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
9586 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
9587 << literalString->getSourceRange());
9591 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
9592 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
9593 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
9596 LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9597 RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9599 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
9600 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
9603 if (LHSType->isRealType() && RHSType->isRealType())
9606 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
9607 if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
9608 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
9610 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType())
9614 const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind LHSNullKind =
9615 LHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
9616 const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind RHSNullKind =
9617 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
9618 bool LHSIsNull = LHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
9619 bool RHSIsNull = RHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
9621 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull != RHSIsNull) {
9622 bool IsEquality = Opc == BO_EQ;
9624 DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(LHS.get(), RHSNullKind, IsEquality,
9625 RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
9627 DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(RHS.get(), LHSNullKind, IsEquality,
9628 LHS.get()->getSourceRange());
9631 if ((LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSIsNull) ||
9632 (RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSIsNull)) {
9633 // Skip normal pointer conversion checks in this case; we have better
9634 // diagnostics for this below.
9635 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9636 // Equality comparison of a function pointer to a void pointer is invalid,
9637 // but we allow it as an extension.
9638 // FIXME: If we really want to allow this, should it be part of composite
9639 // pointer type computation so it works in conditionals too?
9640 if (!IsRelational &&
9641 ((LHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) ||
9642 (RHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && LHSType->isVoidPointerType()))) {
9643 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
9644 // In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain
9645 // conformance with the C++ standard.
9646 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(
9647 *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/ (bool)isSFINAEContext());
9649 if (isSFINAEContext())
9652 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
9657 // If at least one operand is a pointer [...] bring them to their
9658 // composite pointer type.
9659 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
9660 // If both operands are pointers, [...] bring them to their composite
9662 if ((int)LHSType->isPointerType() + (int)RHSType->isPointerType() >=
9663 (IsRelational ? 2 : 1) &&
9664 (!LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount ||
9665 !(LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9666 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) {
9667 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
9672 } else if (LHSType->isPointerType() &&
9673 RHSType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
9674 // All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except
9675 // when handling null pointer constants.
9676 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
9677 LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
9678 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
9679 RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
9681 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
9682 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
9683 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
9684 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
9685 if (IsRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
9686 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
9687 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9688 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9690 } else if (!IsRelational &&
9691 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
9692 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
9693 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
9694 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
9695 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
9699 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/false);
9701 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) {
9702 // Treat NULL constant as a special case in OpenCL.
9703 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
9704 const PointerType *LHSPtr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
9705 if (!LHSPtr->isAddressSpaceOverlapping(*RHSType->getAs<PointerType>())) {
9707 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
9708 << LHSType << RHSType << 0 /* comparison */
9709 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9712 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace();
9713 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace();
9714 CastKind Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion
9716 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
9717 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, Kind);
9719 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind);
9724 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9726 // Two operands of type std::nullptr_t or one operand of type
9727 // std::nullptr_t and the other a null pointer constant compare equal.
9728 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull && RHSIsNull) {
9729 if (LHSType->isNullPtrType()) {
9730 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9733 if (RHSType->isNullPtrType()) {
9734 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9739 // Comparison of Objective-C pointers and block pointers against nullptr_t.
9740 // These aren't covered by the composite pointer type rules.
9741 if (!IsRelational && RHSType->isNullPtrType() &&
9742 (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || LHSType->isBlockPointerType())) {
9743 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9746 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->isNullPtrType() &&
9747 (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || RHSType->isBlockPointerType())) {
9748 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9753 ((LHSType->isNullPtrType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) ||
9754 (RHSType->isNullPtrType() && LHSType->isPointerType()))) {
9755 // HACK: Relational comparison of nullptr_t against a pointer type is
9756 // invalid per DR583, but we allow it within std::less<> and friends,
9757 // since otherwise common uses of it break.
9758 // FIXME: Consider removing this hack once LWG fixes std::less<> and
9759 // friends to have std::nullptr_t overload candidates.
9760 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
9761 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC))
9762 DC = DC->getParent();
9763 if (auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC)) {
9764 if (CTSD->isInStdNamespace() &&
9765 llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(CTSD->getName())
9766 .Cases("less", "less_equal", "greater", "greater_equal", true)
9768 if (RHSType->isNullPtrType())
9769 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9771 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9778 // If at least one operand is a pointer to member, [...] bring them to
9779 // their composite pointer type.
9780 if (!IsRelational &&
9781 (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType())) {
9782 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
9788 // Handle scoped enumeration types specifically, since they don't promote
9790 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isEnumeralType() &&
9791 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS.get()->getType(),
9792 RHS.get()->getType()))
9796 // Handle block pointer types.
9797 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
9798 RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
9799 QualType lpointee = LHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
9800 QualType rpointee = RHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
9802 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
9803 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
9804 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
9805 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9806 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9808 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
9812 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
9814 && ((LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType())
9815 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
9816 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
9817 if (!((RHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
9818 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
9819 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
9820 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
9821 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
9822 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9823 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9825 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
9826 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
9827 RHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
9828 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
9830 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
9831 LHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
9832 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
9836 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9837 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
9838 const PointerType *LPT = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
9839 const PointerType *RPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
9841 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? LPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
9842 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? RPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
9844 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
9845 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
9846 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
9849 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
9850 Expr *E = LHS.get();
9851 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
9852 CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), RHSType, E,
9853 CCK_ImplicitConversion);
9854 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, RHSType,
9855 RPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
9858 Expr *E = RHS.get();
9859 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
9860 CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), LHSType, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion,
9862 /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, Opc);
9863 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, LHSType,
9864 LPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
9868 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9869 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
9870 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(LHSType, RHSType))
9871 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
9873 if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS) || isObjCObjectLiteral(RHS))
9874 diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, Opc);
9876 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
9877 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
9879 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
9883 if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
9884 (LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isAnyPointerType())) {
9885 unsigned DiagID = 0;
9886 bool isError = false;
9887 if (LangOpts.DebuggerSupport) {
9888 // Under a debugger, allow the comparison of pointers to integers,
9889 // since users tend to want to compare addresses.
9890 } else if ((LHSIsNull && LHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
9891 (RHSIsNull && RHSType->isIntegerType())) {
9893 isError = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9895 isError ? diag::err_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero
9896 : diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
9898 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9899 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
9901 } else if (IsRelational)
9902 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
9904 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
9908 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9909 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9914 if (LHSType->isIntegerType())
9915 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
9916 LHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
9918 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
9919 RHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
9923 // Handle block pointers.
9924 if (!IsRelational && RHSIsNull
9925 && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
9926 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9929 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull
9930 && LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
9931 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9935 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) {
9936 if (LHSIsNull && RHSType->isQueueT()) {
9937 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9941 if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHSIsNull) {
9942 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9947 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9950 // Return a signed ext_vector_type that is of identical size and number of
9951 // elements. For floating point vectors, return an integer type of identical
9952 // size and number of elements. In the non ext_vector_type case, search from
9953 // the largest type to the smallest type to avoid cases where long long == long,
9954 // where long gets picked over long long.
9955 QualType Sema::GetSignedVectorType(QualType V) {
9956 const VectorType *VTy = V->getAs<VectorType>();
9957 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
9959 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(VTy)) {
9960 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy))
9961 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9962 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy))
9963 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9964 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
9965 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9966 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
9967 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9968 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
9969 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
9970 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9973 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy))
9974 return Context.getVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
9975 VectorType::GenericVector);
9976 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
9977 return Context.getVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
9978 VectorType::GenericVector);
9979 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
9980 return Context.getVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
9981 VectorType::GenericVector);
9982 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy))
9983 return Context.getVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
9984 VectorType::GenericVector);
9985 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy) &&
9986 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
9987 return Context.getVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
9988 VectorType::GenericVector);
9991 /// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
9992 /// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
9993 /// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
9995 QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9997 bool IsRelational) {
9998 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
9999 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
10000 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
10001 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
10002 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
10003 if (vType.isNull())
10006 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
10008 // If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, i.e.
10009 // bool for C++, int for C
10010 if (getLangOpts().AltiVec &&
10011 vType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector)
10012 return Context.getLogicalOperationType();
10014 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
10015 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
10016 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
10017 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() && !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
10018 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL
10019 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
10020 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR
10021 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
10022 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
10023 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr,
10024 PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
10026 << 2 // "a constant"
10030 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
10031 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
10032 assert (RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation());
10033 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
10036 // Return a signed type for the vector.
10037 return GetSignedVectorType(vType);
10040 QualType Sema::CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10041 SourceLocation Loc) {
10042 // Ensure that either both operands are of the same vector type, or
10043 // one operand is of a vector type and the other is of its element type.
10044 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, false,
10045 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
10046 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
10047 if (vType.isNull())
10048 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10049 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120 &&
10050 vType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
10051 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10052 // FIXME: The check for C++ here is for GCC compatibility. GCC rejects the
10053 // usage of the logical operators && and || with vectors in C. This
10054 // check could be notionally dropped.
10055 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10056 !(isa<ExtVectorType>(vType->getAs<VectorType>())))
10057 return InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10059 return GetSignedVectorType(LHS.get()->getType());
10062 inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10063 SourceLocation Loc,
10064 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
10065 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
10067 bool IsCompAssign =
10068 Opc == BO_AndAssign || Opc == BO_OrAssign || Opc == BO_XorAssign;
10070 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
10071 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
10072 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
10073 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
10074 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign,
10075 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
10076 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
10077 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10081 diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc);
10083 ExprResult LHSResult = LHS, RHSResult = RHS;
10084 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHSResult, RHSResult,
10086 if (LHSResult.isInvalid() || RHSResult.isInvalid())
10088 LHS = LHSResult.get();
10089 RHS = RHSResult.get();
10091 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
10093 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10097 inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10098 SourceLocation Loc,
10099 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
10100 // Check vector operands differently.
10101 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
10102 return CheckVectorLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc);
10104 // Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a
10105 // bitwise one. We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS
10107 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
10108 !LHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
10109 RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
10110 // Don't warn in macros or template instantiations.
10111 !Loc.isMacroID() && !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
10112 // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something
10113 // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that
10114 // happened to fold to true/false) then warn.
10115 // Parens on the RHS are ignored.
10116 llvm::APSInt Result;
10117 if (RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context))
10118 if ((getLangOpts().Bool && !RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
10119 !RHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) ||
10120 (Result != 0 && Result != 1)) {
10121 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise)
10122 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()
10123 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||");
10124 // Suggest replacing the logical operator with the bitwise version
10125 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_change_operator)
10126 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|")
10127 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(
10128 Loc, getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)),
10129 Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|");
10130 if (Opc == BO_LAnd)
10131 // Suggest replacing "Foo() && kNonZero" with "Foo()"
10132 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_remove_constant)
10133 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
10134 SourceRange(getLocForEndOfToken(LHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
10135 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()));
10139 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10140 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.g: The logical operators and (&&), or (||) do
10141 // not operate on the built-in scalar and vector float types.
10142 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
10143 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
10144 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType() ||
10145 RHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType())
10146 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10149 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
10150 if (LHS.isInvalid())
10153 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
10154 if (RHS.isInvalid())
10157 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType() ||
10158 !RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType())
10159 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10161 return Context.IntTy;
10164 // The following is safe because we only use this method for
10165 // non-overloadable operands.
10167 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
10168 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
10169 // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool.
10170 ExprResult LHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(LHS.get());
10171 if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
10172 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10175 ExprResult RHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(RHS.get());
10176 if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
10177 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10180 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
10181 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
10182 // The result is a bool.
10183 return Context.BoolTy;
10186 static bool IsReadonlyMessage(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
10187 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
10188 if (!ME) return false;
10189 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) return false;
10190 ObjCMessageExpr *Base = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(
10191 ME->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
10192 if (!Base) return false;
10193 return Base->getMethodDecl() != nullptr;
10196 /// Is the given expression (which must be 'const') a reference to a
10197 /// variable which was originally non-const, but which has become
10198 /// 'const' due to being captured within a block?
10199 enum NonConstCaptureKind { NCCK_None, NCCK_Block, NCCK_Lambda };
10200 static NonConstCaptureKind isReferenceToNonConstCapture(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
10201 assert(E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified());
10202 E = E->IgnoreParens();
10204 // Must be a reference to a declaration from an enclosing scope.
10205 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
10206 if (!DRE) return NCCK_None;
10207 if (!DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) return NCCK_None;
10209 // The declaration must be a variable which is not declared 'const'.
10210 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10211 if (!var) return NCCK_None;
10212 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) return NCCK_None;
10213 assert(var->hasLocalStorage() && "capture added 'const' to non-local?");
10215 // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda.
10216 DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext, *Prev = nullptr;
10217 // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda.
10219 // For init-capture, it is possible that the variable belongs to the
10220 // template pattern of the current context.
10221 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
10222 if (var->isInitCapture() &&
10223 FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern() == var->getDeclContext())
10225 if (DC == var->getDeclContext())
10228 DC = DC->getParent();
10230 // Unless we have an init-capture, we've gone one step too far.
10231 if (!var->isInitCapture())
10233 return (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) ? NCCK_Block : NCCK_Lambda);
10236 static bool IsTypeModifiable(QualType Ty, bool IsDereference) {
10237 Ty = Ty.getNonReferenceType();
10238 if (IsDereference && Ty->isPointerType())
10239 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
10240 return !Ty.isConstQualified();
10243 /// Emit the "read-only variable not assignable" error and print notes to give
10244 /// more information about why the variable is not assignable, such as pointing
10245 /// to the declaration of a const variable, showing that a method is const, or
10246 /// that the function is returning a const reference.
10247 static void DiagnoseConstAssignment(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
10248 SourceLocation Loc) {
10249 // Update err_typecheck_assign_const and note_typecheck_assign_const
10250 // when this enum is changed.
10256 ConstUnknown, // Keep as last element
10259 SourceRange ExprRange = E->getSourceRange();
10261 // Only emit one error on the first const found. All other consts will emit
10262 // a note to the error.
10263 bool DiagnosticEmitted = false;
10265 // Track if the current expression is the result of a dereference, and if the
10266 // next checked expression is the result of a dereference.
10267 bool IsDereference = false;
10268 bool NextIsDereference = false;
10270 // Loop to process MemberExpr chains.
10272 IsDereference = NextIsDereference;
10274 E = E->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10275 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
10276 NextIsDereference = ME->isArrow();
10277 const ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl();
10278 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
10279 // Mutable fields can be modified even if the class is const.
10280 if (Field->isMutable()) {
10281 assert(DiagnosticEmitted && "Expected diagnostic not emitted.");
10285 if (!IsTypeModifiable(Field->getType(), IsDereference)) {
10286 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
10287 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
10288 << ExprRange << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field
10289 << Field->getType();
10290 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
10292 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
10293 << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field << Field->getType()
10294 << Field->getSourceRange();
10298 } else if (const VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
10299 if (VDecl->getType().isConstQualified()) {
10300 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
10301 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
10302 << ExprRange << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl
10303 << VDecl->getType();
10304 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
10306 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
10307 << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl << VDecl->getType()
10308 << VDecl->getSourceRange();
10310 // Static fields do not inherit constness from parents.
10314 } // End MemberExpr
10318 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
10320 const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
10321 if (FD && !IsTypeModifiable(FD->getReturnType(), IsDereference)) {
10322 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
10323 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange
10324 << ConstFunction << FD;
10325 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
10327 S.Diag(FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(),
10328 diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
10329 << ConstFunction << FD << FD->getReturnType()
10330 << FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
10332 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
10333 // Point to variable declaration.
10334 if (const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl()) {
10335 if (!IsTypeModifiable(VD->getType(), IsDereference)) {
10336 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
10337 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
10338 << ExprRange << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType();
10339 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
10341 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
10342 << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType() << VD->getSourceRange();
10345 } else if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
10346 if (const DeclContext *DC = S.getFunctionLevelDeclContext()) {
10347 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
10348 if (MD->isConst()) {
10349 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
10350 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange
10351 << ConstMethod << MD;
10352 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
10354 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
10355 << ConstMethod << MD << MD->getSourceRange();
10361 if (DiagnosticEmitted)
10364 // Can't determine a more specific message, so display the generic error.
10365 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange << ConstUnknown;
10368 /// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
10369 /// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
10370 static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
10371 assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
10373 S.CheckShadowingDeclModification(E, Loc);
10375 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
10376 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
10378 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary && IsReadonlyMessage(E, S))
10379 IsLV = Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression;
10380 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
10383 unsigned DiagID = 0;
10384 bool NeedType = false;
10385 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
10386 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified:
10387 // Use a specialized diagnostic when we're assigning to an object
10388 // from an enclosing function or block.
10389 if (NonConstCaptureKind NCCK = isReferenceToNonConstCapture(S, E)) {
10390 if (NCCK == NCCK_Block)
10391 DiagID = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10393 DiagID = diag::err_lambda_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10397 // In ARC, use some specialized diagnostics for occasions where we
10398 // infer 'const'. These are always pseudo-strong variables.
10399 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
10400 DeclRefExpr *declRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts());
10401 if (declRef && isa<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl())) {
10402 VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl());
10404 // Use the normal diagnostic if it's pseudo-__strong but the
10405 // user actually wrote 'const'.
10406 if (var->isARCPseudoStrong() &&
10407 (!var->getTypeSourceInfo() ||
10408 !var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType().isConstQualified())) {
10409 // There are two pseudo-strong cases:
10411 ObjCMethodDecl *method = S.getCurMethodDecl();
10412 if (method && var == method->getSelfDecl())
10413 DiagID = method->isClassMethod()
10414 ? diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self_class_method
10415 : diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self;
10417 // - fast enumeration variables
10419 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration;
10421 SourceRange Assign;
10422 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
10423 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
10424 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
10425 // We need to preserve the AST regardless, so migration tool
10432 // If none of the special cases above are triggered, then this is a
10433 // simple const assignment.
10435 DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc);
10440 case Expr::MLV_ConstAddrSpace:
10441 DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc);
10443 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
10444 case Expr::MLV_ArrayTemporary:
10445 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10448 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
10449 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10452 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
10453 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
10455 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
10456 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
10457 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
10458 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
10459 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
10460 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10462 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
10463 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
10464 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
10465 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue, E);
10466 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
10467 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
10469 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
10470 llvm_unreachable("readonly properties should be processed differently");
10471 case Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression:
10472 DiagID = diag::err_readonly_message_assignment;
10474 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
10475 DiagID = diag::err_no_subobject_property_setting;
10479 SourceRange Assign;
10480 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
10481 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
10483 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
10485 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
10489 static void CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
10490 SourceLocation Loc,
10493 MemberExpr *ML = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
10494 MemberExpr *MR = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
10495 if (ML && MR && ML->getMemberDecl() == MR->getMemberDecl()) {
10496 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ML->getBase()) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(MR->getBase()))
10497 Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 0;
10500 // Objective-C instance variables
10501 ObjCIvarRefExpr *OL = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
10502 ObjCIvarRefExpr *OR = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
10503 if (OL && OR && OL->getDecl() == OR->getDecl()) {
10504 DeclRefExpr *RL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OL->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
10505 DeclRefExpr *RR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OR->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
10506 if (RL && RR && RL->getDecl() == RR->getDecl())
10507 Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 1;
10512 QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS,
10513 SourceLocation Loc,
10514 QualType CompoundType) {
10515 assert(!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
10517 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
10518 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHSExpr, Loc, *this))
10521 QualType LHSType = LHSExpr->getType();
10522 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS.get()->getType() :
10524 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1 p2:
10525 // The half data type can only be used to declare a pointer to a buffer that
10526 // contains half values
10527 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") &&
10528 LHSType->isHalfType()) {
10529 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_half_load_store) << 1
10530 << LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
10534 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
10535 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
10536 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS.get();
10538 CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHSExpr, RHSCheck, Loc, *this);
10540 QualType LHSTy(LHSType);
10541 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
10542 if (RHS.isInvalid())
10544 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
10545 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
10546 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
10547 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
10548 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
10549 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
10550 ConvTy = Compatible;
10552 if (ConvTy == Compatible &&
10553 LHSType->isObjCObjectType())
10554 Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_object_assignment)
10557 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
10558 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
10559 // instead of "x += 4".
10560 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
10561 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
10562 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
10563 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ||
10564 UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) &&
10565 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
10566 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
10567 Loc.getLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
10568 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
10569 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
10570 Loc.getLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
10571 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
10572 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
10573 << (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ? "+" : "-")
10574 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
10578 if (ConvTy == Compatible) {
10579 if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
10580 // Warn about retain cycles where a block captures the LHS, but
10581 // not if the LHS is a simple variable into which the block is
10582 // being stored...unless that variable can be captured by reference!
10583 const Expr *InnerLHS = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
10584 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InnerLHS);
10585 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl()->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
10586 checkRetainCycles(LHSExpr, RHS.get());
10589 if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
10590 LHSType.isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) {
10591 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
10592 // Although this code can still have problems:
10593 // id x = self.weakProp;
10594 // id y = self.weakProp;
10595 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
10596 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
10597 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
10598 // For ObjCWeak only, we do not warn if the assign is to a non-weak
10599 // variable, which will be valid for the current autorelease scope.
10600 if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
10601 RHS.get()->getLocStart()))
10602 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(RHS.get());
10604 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || getLangOpts().ObjCWeak) {
10605 checkUnsafeExprAssigns(Loc, LHSExpr, RHS.get());
10609 // Compound assignment "x += y"
10610 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(Loc, LHSType, RHSType);
10613 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
10614 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
10617 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, LHSExpr);
10619 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
10620 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
10621 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
10622 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
10623 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
10624 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
10626 return (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
10627 ? LHSType : LHSType.getUnqualifiedType());
10630 // Only ignore explicit casts to void.
10631 static bool IgnoreCommaOperand(const Expr *E) {
10632 E = E->IgnoreParens();
10634 if (const CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E)) {
10635 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_ToVoid) {
10643 // Look for instances where it is likely the comma operator is confused with
10644 // another operator. There is a whitelist of acceptable expressions for the
10645 // left hand side of the comma operator, otherwise emit a warning.
10646 void Sema::DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
10647 // No warnings in macros
10648 if (Loc.isMacroID())
10651 // Don't warn in template instantiations.
10652 if (inTemplateInstantiation())
10655 // Scope isn't fine-grained enough to whitelist the specific cases, so
10656 // instead, skip more than needed, then call back into here with the
10657 // CommaVisitor in SemaStmt.cpp.
10658 // The whitelisted locations are the initialization and increment portions
10659 // of a for loop. The additional checks are on the condition of
10660 // if statements, do/while loops, and for loops.
10661 const unsigned ForIncrementFlags =
10662 Scope::ControlScope | Scope::ContinueScope | Scope::BreakScope;
10663 const unsigned ForInitFlags = Scope::ControlScope | Scope::DeclScope;
10664 const unsigned ScopeFlags = getCurScope()->getFlags();
10665 if ((ScopeFlags & ForIncrementFlags) == ForIncrementFlags ||
10666 (ScopeFlags & ForInitFlags) == ForInitFlags)
10669 // If there are multiple comma operators used together, get the RHS of the
10670 // of the comma operator as the LHS.
10671 while (const BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHS)) {
10672 if (BO->getOpcode() != BO_Comma)
10674 LHS = BO->getRHS();
10677 // Only allow some expressions on LHS to not warn.
10678 if (IgnoreCommaOperand(LHS))
10681 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comma_operator);
10682 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::note_cast_to_void)
10683 << LHS->getSourceRange()
10684 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS->getLocStart(),
10685 LangOpts.CPlusPlus ? "static_cast<void>("
10687 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(LHS->getLocEnd()),
10692 static QualType CheckCommaOperands(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10693 SourceLocation Loc) {
10694 LHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
10695 RHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
10696 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
10699 // C's comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1) on both its
10700 // operands, but not unary promotions.
10701 // C++'s comma does not do any conversions at all (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
10703 // So we treat the LHS as a ignored value, and in C++ we allow the
10704 // containing site to determine what should be done with the RHS.
10705 LHS = S.IgnoredValueConversions(LHS.get());
10706 if (LHS.isInvalid())
10709 S.DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS.get());
10711 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10712 RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
10713 if (RHS.isInvalid())
10715 if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isVoidType())
10716 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, RHS.get()->getType(),
10717 diag::err_incomplete_type);
10720 if (!S.getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_comma_operator, Loc))
10721 S.DiagnoseCommaOperator(LHS.get(), Loc);
10723 return RHS.get()->getType();
10726 /// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
10727 /// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
10728 static QualType CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op,
10730 ExprObjectKind &OK,
10731 SourceLocation OpLoc,
10732 bool IsInc, bool IsPrefix) {
10733 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
10734 return S.Context.DependentTy;
10736 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
10737 // Atomic types can be used for increment / decrement where the non-atomic
10738 // versions can, so ignore the _Atomic() specifier for the purpose of
10740 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
10741 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
10743 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
10745 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
10746 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
10748 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
10751 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
10752 S.Diag(OpLoc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_increment_bool
10753 : diag::warn_increment_bool)
10754 << Op->getSourceRange();
10755 } else if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isEnumeralType()) {
10756 // Error on enum increments and decrements in C++ mode
10757 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_increment_decrement_enum) << IsInc << ResType;
10759 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
10761 } else if (ResType->isPointerType()) {
10762 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
10763 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S, OpLoc, Op))
10765 } else if (ResType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
10766 // On modern runtimes, ObjC pointer arithmetic is forbidden.
10767 // Otherwise, we just need a complete type.
10768 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, OpLoc, Op) ||
10769 checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(S, OpLoc, Op))
10771 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
10772 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
10773 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
10774 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
10775 } else if (ResType->isPlaceholderType()) {
10776 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
10777 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
10778 return CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OK, OpLoc,
10780 } else if (S.getLangOpts().AltiVec && ResType->isVectorType()) {
10781 // OK! ( C/C++ Language Extensions for CBEA(Version 2.6) 10.3 )
10782 } else if (S.getLangOpts().ZVector && ResType->isVectorType() &&
10783 (ResType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() !=
10784 VectorType::AltiVecBool)) {
10785 // The z vector extensions allow ++ and -- for non-bool vectors.
10786 } else if(S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && ResType->isVectorType() &&
10787 ResType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) {
10788 // OpenCL V1.2 6.3 says dec/inc ops operate on integer vector types.
10790 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
10791 << ResType << int(IsInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
10794 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
10795 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
10796 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, S))
10798 // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise
10799 // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the
10801 if (IsPrefix && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10803 OK = Op->getObjectKind();
10807 return ResType.getUnqualifiedType();
10812 /// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
10813 /// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
10814 /// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
10815 /// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
10816 /// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
10818 /// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
10820 /// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
10821 /// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
10822 /// - &"123"[2] -> 0
10823 /// - & __real__ x -> x
10824 static ValueDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
10825 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
10826 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
10827 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
10828 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
10829 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
10830 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
10832 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
10834 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
10835 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
10836 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
10837 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
10838 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
10839 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
10840 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
10841 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
10842 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
10846 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
10847 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
10849 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
10853 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
10858 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
10859 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
10860 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
10861 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
10862 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
10863 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
10872 AO_Vector_Element = 1,
10873 AO_Property_Expansion = 2,
10874 AO_Register_Variable = 3,
10878 /// \brief Diagnose invalid operand for address of operations.
10880 /// \param Type The type of operand which cannot have its address taken.
10881 static void diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10882 Expr *E, unsigned Type) {
10883 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) << Type << E->getSourceRange();
10886 /// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
10887 /// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
10888 /// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
10889 /// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
10890 /// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
10891 /// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
10892 /// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
10893 QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &OrigOp, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
10894 if (const BuiltinType *PTy = OrigOp.get()->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()){
10895 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
10896 Expr *E = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
10897 if (!isa<OverloadExpr>(E)) {
10898 assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf);
10899 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof_addrof_function)
10900 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10904 OverloadExpr *Ovl = cast<OverloadExpr>(E);
10905 if (isa<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Ovl))
10906 if (!ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Ovl)) {
10907 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
10908 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10912 return Context.OverloadTy;
10915 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny)
10916 return Context.UnknownAnyTy;
10918 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember) {
10919 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
10920 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10924 OrigOp = CheckPlaceholderExpr(OrigOp.get());
10925 if (OrigOp.isInvalid()) return QualType();
10928 if (OrigOp.get()->isTypeDependent())
10929 return Context.DependentTy;
10931 assert(!OrigOp.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType());
10933 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
10934 Expr *op = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
10936 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
10937 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
10938 Diag(op->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_function_address);
10942 if (getLangOpts().C99) {
10943 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
10944 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
10945 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
10946 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
10947 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
10948 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
10950 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
10951 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
10953 ValueDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
10955 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
10956 if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true,
10957 op->getLocStart()))
10960 Expr::LValueClassification lval = op->ClassifyLValue(Context);
10961 unsigned AddressOfError = AO_No_Error;
10963 if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary || lval == Expr::LV_ArrayTemporary) {
10964 bool sfinae = (bool)isSFINAEContext();
10965 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext() ? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_temporary
10966 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_temporary)
10967 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
10970 // Materialize the temporary as an lvalue so that we can take its address.
10972 CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(op->getType(), OrigOp.get(), true);
10973 } else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(op)) {
10974 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
10975 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction) {
10976 // If it's an instance method, make a member pointer.
10977 // The expression must have exactly the form &A::foo.
10979 // If the underlying expression isn't a decl ref, give up.
10980 if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(op)) {
10981 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
10982 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10985 DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(op);
10986 CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10988 // The id-expression was parenthesized.
10989 if (OrigOp.get() != DRE) {
10990 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_parens_pointer_member_function)
10991 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10993 // The method was named without a qualifier.
10994 } else if (!DRE->getQualifier()) {
10995 if (MD->getParent()->getName().empty())
10996 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
10997 << op->getSourceRange();
10999 SmallString<32> Str;
11000 StringRef Qual = (MD->getParent()->getName() + "::").toStringRef(Str);
11001 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
11002 << op->getSourceRange()
11003 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(op->getSourceRange().getBegin(), Qual);
11007 // Taking the address of a dtor is illegal per C++ [class.dtor]p2.
11008 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD))
11009 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_addrof_dtor) << op->getSourceRange();
11011 QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType(
11012 op->getType(), Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
11013 // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now.
11014 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
11015 (void)isCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy);
11017 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
11019 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
11020 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
11021 // Use a special diagnostic for loads from property references.
11022 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(op)) {
11023 AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion;
11025 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
11026 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
11030 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
11031 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
11032 AddressOfError = AO_Bit_Field;
11033 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_VectorComponent) {
11034 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
11035 AddressOfError = AO_Vector_Element;
11036 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
11037 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
11038 // with the register storage-class specifier.
11039 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
11040 // in C++ it is not error to take address of a register
11041 // variable (c++03 7.1.1P3)
11042 if (vd->getStorageClass() == SC_Register &&
11043 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11044 AddressOfError = AO_Register_Variable;
11046 } else if (isa<MSPropertyDecl>(dcl)) {
11047 AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion;
11048 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
11049 return Context.OverloadTy;
11050 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(dcl)) {
11051 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
11052 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
11053 // scope qualifier for the class.
11054 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
11055 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
11056 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
11057 if (dcl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
11059 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
11060 << dcl->getDeclName() << dcl->getType();
11064 while (cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
11065 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
11067 QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType(
11069 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
11070 // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now.
11071 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
11072 (void)isCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy);
11076 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl) && !isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(dcl) &&
11077 !isa<BindingDecl>(dcl))
11078 llvm_unreachable("Unknown/unexpected decl type");
11081 if (AddressOfError != AO_No_Error) {
11082 diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(*this, OpLoc, op, AddressOfError);
11086 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
11087 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
11088 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
11089 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
11090 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
11093 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
11094 if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType())
11095 return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(op->getType());
11097 CheckAddressOfPackedMember(op);
11099 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
11102 static void RecordModifiableNonNullParam(Sema &S, const Expr *Exp) {
11103 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Exp);
11106 const Decl *D = DRE->getDecl();
11109 const ParmVarDecl *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D);
11112 if (const FunctionDecl* FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()))
11113 if (!FD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() && !Param->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>())
11115 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FD = S.getCurFunction())
11116 if (!FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(Param))
11117 FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.insert(Param);
11120 /// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*').
11121 static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK,
11122 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
11123 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
11124 return S.Context.DependentTy;
11126 ExprResult ConvResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
11127 if (ConvResult.isInvalid())
11129 Op = ConvResult.get();
11130 QualType OpTy = Op->getType();
11133 if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Op)) {
11134 QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType();
11135 S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(OpOrigType, OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true,
11136 Op->getSourceRange());
11139 if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>())
11141 Result = PT->getPointeeType();
11143 else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
11144 OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
11145 Result = OPT->getPointeeType();
11147 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
11148 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
11149 if (PR.get() != Op)
11150 return CheckIndirectionOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OpLoc);
11153 if (Result.isNull()) {
11154 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
11155 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
11159 // Note that per both C89 and C99, indirection is always legal, even if Result
11160 // is an incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about
11161 // dereferencing a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a
11162 // warning is unlikely to catch any mistakes. In C++, indirection is not valid
11163 // for pointers to 'void' but is fine for any other pointer type:
11165 // C++ [expr.unary.op]p1:
11166 // [...] the expression to which [the unary * operator] is applied shall
11167 // be a pointer to an object type, or a pointer to a function type
11168 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result->isVoidType())
11169 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_indirection_through_void_pointer)
11170 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
11172 // Dereferences are usually l-values...
11175 // ...except that certain expressions are never l-values in C.
11176 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result.isCForbiddenLValueType())
11182 BinaryOperatorKind Sema::ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind) {
11183 BinaryOperatorKind Opc;
11185 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!");
11186 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemD; break;
11187 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemI; break;
11188 case tok::star: Opc = BO_Mul; break;
11189 case tok::slash: Opc = BO_Div; break;
11190 case tok::percent: Opc = BO_Rem; break;
11191 case tok::plus: Opc = BO_Add; break;
11192 case tok::minus: Opc = BO_Sub; break;
11193 case tok::lessless: Opc = BO_Shl; break;
11194 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BO_Shr; break;
11195 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BO_LE; break;
11196 case tok::less: Opc = BO_LT; break;
11197 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BO_GE; break;
11198 case tok::greater: Opc = BO_GT; break;
11199 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BO_NE; break;
11200 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BO_EQ; break;
11201 case tok::amp: Opc = BO_And; break;
11202 case tok::caret: Opc = BO_Xor; break;
11203 case tok::pipe: Opc = BO_Or; break;
11204 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BO_LAnd; break;
11205 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BO_LOr; break;
11206 case tok::equal: Opc = BO_Assign; break;
11207 case tok::starequal: Opc = BO_MulAssign; break;
11208 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BO_DivAssign; break;
11209 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BO_RemAssign; break;
11210 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BO_AddAssign; break;
11211 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BO_SubAssign; break;
11212 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BO_ShlAssign; break;
11213 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BO_ShrAssign; break;
11214 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BO_AndAssign; break;
11215 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BO_XorAssign; break;
11216 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BO_OrAssign; break;
11217 case tok::comma: Opc = BO_Comma; break;
11222 static inline UnaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
11223 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
11224 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
11226 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
11227 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PreInc; break;
11228 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PreDec; break;
11229 case tok::amp: Opc = UO_AddrOf; break;
11230 case tok::star: Opc = UO_Deref; break;
11231 case tok::plus: Opc = UO_Plus; break;
11232 case tok::minus: Opc = UO_Minus; break;
11233 case tok::tilde: Opc = UO_Not; break;
11234 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UO_LNot; break;
11235 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UO_Real; break;
11236 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UO_Imag; break;
11237 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UO_Extension; break;
11242 /// DiagnoseSelfAssignment - Emits a warning if a value is assigned to itself.
11243 /// This warning is only emitted for builtin assignment operations. It is also
11244 /// suppressed in the event of macro expansions.
11245 static void DiagnoseSelfAssignment(Sema &S, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
11246 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
11247 if (S.inTemplateInstantiation())
11249 if (OpLoc.isInvalid() || OpLoc.isMacroID())
11251 LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11252 RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11253 const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
11254 const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
11255 if (!LHSDeclRef || !RHSDeclRef ||
11256 LHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID() ||
11257 RHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID())
11259 const ValueDecl *LHSDecl =
11260 cast<ValueDecl>(LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
11261 const ValueDecl *RHSDecl =
11262 cast<ValueDecl>(RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
11263 if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl)
11265 if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified())
11267 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>())
11268 if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified())
11271 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_assignment)
11272 << LHSDeclRef->getType()
11273 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11276 /// Check if a bitwise-& is performed on an Objective-C pointer. This
11277 /// is usually indicative of introspection within the Objective-C pointer.
11278 static void checkObjCPointerIntrospection(Sema &S, ExprResult &L, ExprResult &R,
11279 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
11280 if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjC1)
11283 const Expr *ObjCPointerExpr = nullptr, *OtherExpr = nullptr;
11284 const Expr *LHS = L.get();
11285 const Expr *RHS = R.get();
11287 if (LHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
11288 ObjCPointerExpr = LHS;
11291 else if (RHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
11292 ObjCPointerExpr = RHS;
11296 // This warning is deliberately made very specific to reduce false
11297 // positives with logic that uses '&' for hashing. This logic mainly
11298 // looks for code trying to introspect into tagged pointers, which
11299 // code should generally never do.
11300 if (ObjCPointerExpr && isa<IntegerLiteral>(OtherExpr->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
11301 unsigned Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking;
11302 // Determine if we are introspecting the result of performSelectorXXX.
11303 const Expr *Ex = ObjCPointerExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
11304 // Special case messages to -performSelector and friends, which
11305 // can return non-pointer values boxed in a pointer value.
11306 // Some clients may wish to silence warnings in this subcase.
11307 if (const ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Ex)) {
11308 Selector S = ME->getSelector();
11309 StringRef SelArg0 = S.getNameForSlot(0);
11310 if (SelArg0.startswith("performSelector"))
11311 Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking_performSelector;
11314 S.Diag(OpLoc, Diag)
11315 << ObjCPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
11319 static NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
11322 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
11323 return DRE->getDecl();
11324 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
11325 return ME->getMemberDecl();
11326 if (auto *IRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
11327 return IRE->getDecl();
11331 /// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
11332 /// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
11333 /// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
11334 ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
11335 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11336 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11337 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isa<InitListExpr>(RHSExpr)) {
11338 // The syntax only allows initializer lists on the RHS of assignment,
11339 // so we don't need to worry about accepting invalid code for
11340 // non-assignment operators.
11342 // The meaning of x = {v} [...] is that of x = T(v) [...]. The meaning
11343 // of x = {} is x = T().
11344 InitializationKind Kind =
11345 InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(RHSExpr->getLocStart());
11346 InitializedEntity Entity =
11347 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LHSExpr->getType());
11348 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
11349 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
11350 if (Init.isInvalid())
11352 RHSExpr = Init.get();
11355 ExprResult LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr;
11356 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
11357 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
11358 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
11359 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
11360 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
11361 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
11363 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11364 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it
11365 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
11366 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
11367 LHS = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHSExpr);
11368 RHS = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(RHSExpr, [Opc, LHS](Expr *E) {
11369 if (Opc != BO_Assign)
11370 return ExprResult(E);
11371 // Avoid correcting the RHS to the same Expr as the LHS.
11372 Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(E);
11373 return (D && D == getDeclFromExpr(LHS.get())) ? ExprError() : E;
11375 if (!LHS.isUsable() || !RHS.isUsable())
11376 return ExprError();
11379 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11380 QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType();
11381 QualType RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType();
11382 // OpenCLC v2.0 s6.13.11.1 allows atomic variables to be initialized by
11383 // the ATOMIC_VAR_INIT macro.
11384 if (LHSTy->isAtomicType() || RHSTy->isAtomicType()) {
11385 SourceRange SR(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
11386 if (BO_Assign == Opc)
11387 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_opencl_atomic_init) << 0 << SR;
11389 ResultTy = InvalidOperands(OpLoc, LHS, RHS);
11390 return ExprError();
11393 // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used
11394 // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here.
11395 if (LHSTy->isImageType() || RHSTy->isImageType() ||
11396 LHSTy->isSamplerT() || RHSTy->isSamplerT() ||
11397 LHSTy->isPipeType() || RHSTy->isPipeType() ||
11398 LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
11399 ResultTy = InvalidOperands(OpLoc, LHS, RHS);
11400 return ExprError();
11406 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, QualType());
11407 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11408 LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) {
11409 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
11410 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
11412 if (!ResultTy.isNull()) {
11413 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
11414 DiagnoseSelfMove(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
11416 RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, LHS.get());
11420 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(LHS, RHS, VK, OpLoc,
11421 Opc == BO_PtrMemI);
11425 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false,
11429 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
11432 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11435 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
11439 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11445 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
11449 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, false);
11452 checkObjCPointerIntrospection(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
11455 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11459 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11463 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true,
11464 Opc == BO_DivAssign);
11465 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
11466 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11467 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11470 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true);
11471 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
11472 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11473 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11476 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, &CompLHSTy);
11477 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11478 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11481 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
11482 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11483 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11487 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
11488 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
11489 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11490 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11493 case BO_OrAssign: // fallthrough
11494 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
11496 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11497 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
11498 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11499 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11502 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
11503 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !RHS.isInvalid()) {
11504 VK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
11505 OK = RHS.get()->getObjectKind();
11509 if (ResultTy.isNull() || LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
11510 return ExprError();
11512 // Check for array bounds violations for both sides of the BinaryOperator
11513 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get());
11514 CheckArrayAccess(RHS.get());
11516 if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
11517 NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
11518 &Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
11519 SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
11520 if (ObjectSetClass && isa<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get())) {
11521 SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getLocEnd());
11522 Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) <<
11523 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), "object_setClass(") <<
11524 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OpLoc), ",") <<
11525 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
11528 Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
11530 else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
11531 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
11532 DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, OpLoc, RHS.get());
11534 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
11535 return new (Context) BinaryOperator(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, VK,
11536 OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures);
11537 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS.get()->getObjectKind() !=
11540 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
11542 return new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(
11543 LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
11544 OpLoc, FPFeatures);
11547 /// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
11548 /// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
11549 /// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
11550 /// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
11551 static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11552 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
11554 BinaryOperator *LHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr);
11555 BinaryOperator *RHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr);
11557 // Check that one of the sides is a comparison operator and the other isn't.
11558 bool isLeftComp = LHSBO && LHSBO->isComparisonOp();
11559 bool isRightComp = RHSBO && RHSBO->isComparisonOp();
11560 if (isLeftComp == isRightComp)
11563 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
11564 // Don't diagnose this.
11565 bool isLeftBitwise = LHSBO && LHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
11566 bool isRightBitwise = RHSBO && RHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
11567 if (isLeftBitwise || isRightBitwise)
11570 SourceRange DiagRange = isLeftComp ? SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(),
11572 : SourceRange(OpLoc, RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
11573 StringRef OpStr = isLeftComp ? LHSBO->getOpcodeStr() : RHSBO->getOpcodeStr();
11574 SourceRange ParensRange = isLeftComp ?
11575 SourceRange(LHSBO->getRHS()->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd())
11576 : SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSBO->getLHS()->getLocEnd());
11578 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
11579 << DiagRange << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << OpStr;
11580 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
11581 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << OpStr,
11582 (isLeftComp ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr)->getSourceRange());
11583 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
11584 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
11585 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
11589 /// \brief It accepts a '&&' expr that is inside a '||' one.
11590 /// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&&' expression
11591 /// in parentheses.
11593 EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11594 BinaryOperator *Bop) {
11595 assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd);
11596 Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_and_in_logical_or)
11597 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
11598 SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
11599 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
11600 << Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
11601 Bop->getSourceRange());
11604 /// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
11606 static bool EvaluatesAsTrue(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
11608 return !E->isValueDependent() &&
11609 E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && Res;
11612 /// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
11614 static bool EvaluatesAsFalse(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
11616 return !E->isValueDependent() &&
11617 E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && !Res;
11620 /// \brief Look for '&&' in the left hand of a '||' expr.
11621 static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11622 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11623 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr)) {
11624 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
11625 // If it's "a && b || 0" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
11626 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, RHSExpr))
11628 // If it's "1 && a || b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
11629 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getLHS()))
11630 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
11631 } else if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) {
11632 if (BinaryOperator *RBop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Bop->getRHS())) {
11633 // If it's "a || b && 1 || c" we didn't warn earlier for
11634 // "a || b && 1", but warn now.
11635 if (RBop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && EvaluatesAsTrue(S, RBop->getRHS()))
11636 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, RBop);
11642 /// \brief Look for '&&' in the right hand of a '||' expr.
11643 static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11644 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11645 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr)) {
11646 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
11647 // If it's "0 || a && b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
11648 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, LHSExpr))
11650 // If it's "a || b && 1" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
11651 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getRHS()))
11652 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
11657 /// \brief Look for bitwise op in the left or right hand of a bitwise op with
11658 /// lower precedence and emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
11659 /// the '&' expression in parentheses.
11660 static void DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Sema &S, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11661 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *SubExpr) {
11662 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) {
11663 if (Bop->isBitwiseOp() && Bop->getOpcode() < Opc) {
11664 S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_op_in_bitwise_op)
11665 << Bop->getOpcodeStr() << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
11666 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
11667 SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
11668 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
11669 << Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
11670 Bop->getSourceRange());
11675 static void DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11676 Expr *SubExpr, StringRef Shift) {
11677 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) {
11678 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Add || Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
11679 StringRef Op = Bop->getOpcodeStr();
11680 S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_addition_in_bitshift)
11681 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc << Shift << Op;
11682 SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
11683 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << Op,
11684 Bop->getSourceRange());
11689 static void DiagnoseShiftCompare(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11690 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11691 CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(LHSExpr);
11695 FunctionDecl *FD = OCE->getDirectCallee();
11696 if (!FD || !FD->isOverloadedOperator())
11699 OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
11700 if (Kind != OO_LessLess && Kind != OO_GreaterGreater)
11703 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_overloaded_shift_in_comparison)
11704 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11705 << (Kind == OO_LessLess);
11706 SuggestParentheses(S, OCE->getOperatorLoc(),
11707 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
11708 << (Kind == OO_LessLess ? "<<" : ">>"),
11709 OCE->getSourceRange());
11710 SuggestParentheses(S, OpLoc,
11711 S.PDiag(diag::note_evaluate_comparison_first),
11712 SourceRange(OCE->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
11713 RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
11716 /// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
11718 static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11719 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
11721 // Diagnose "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
11722 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
11723 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11725 // Diagnose "arg1 & arg2 | arg3"
11726 if ((Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor) &&
11727 !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
11728 DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr);
11729 DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Self, Opc, OpLoc, RHSExpr);
11732 // Warn about arg1 || arg2 && arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
11733 // We don't warn for 'assert(a || b && "bad")' since this is safe.
11734 if (Opc == BO_LOr && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
11735 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11736 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11739 if ((Opc == BO_Shl && LHSExpr->getType()->isIntegralType(Self.getASTContext()))
11740 || Opc == BO_Shr) {
11741 StringRef Shift = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc);
11742 DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, Shift);
11743 DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr, Shift);
11746 // Warn on overloaded shift operators and comparisons, such as:
11748 if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(Opc))
11749 DiagnoseShiftCompare(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11752 // Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
11753 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
11754 tok::TokenKind Kind,
11755 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11756 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
11757 assert(LHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
11758 assert(RHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
11760 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
11761 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11763 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11766 /// Build an overloaded binary operator expression in the given scope.
11767 static ExprResult BuildOverloadedBinOp(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11768 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11769 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
11770 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
11771 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
11772 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
11774 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
11775 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp
11776 = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
11777 if (Sc && OverOp != OO_None && OverOp != OO_Equal)
11778 S.LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, Sc, LHS->getType(),
11779 RHS->getType(), Functions);
11781 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
11782 // binary operation.
11783 return S.CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, LHS, RHS);
11786 ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11787 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11788 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11789 // We want to end up calling one of checkPseudoObjectAssignment
11790 // (if the LHS is a pseudo-object), BuildOverloadedBinOp (if
11791 // both expressions are overloadable or either is type-dependent),
11792 // or CreateBuiltinBinOp (in any other case). We also want to get
11793 // any placeholder types out of the way.
11795 // Handle pseudo-objects in the LHS.
11796 if (const BuiltinType *pty = LHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
11797 // Assignments with a pseudo-object l-value need special analysis.
11798 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
11799 BinaryOperator::isAssignmentOp(Opc))
11800 return checkPseudoObjectAssignment(S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11802 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
11803 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
11804 // We can't actually test that if we still have a placeholder,
11805 // though. Fortunately, none of the exceptions we see in that
11806 // code below are valid when the LHS is an overload set. Note
11807 // that an overload set can be dependently-typed, but it never
11808 // instantiates to having an overloadable type.
11809 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
11810 if (resolvedRHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11811 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get();
11813 if (RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() ||
11814 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
11815 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11818 ExprResult LHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHSExpr);
11819 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11820 LHSExpr = LHS.get();
11823 // Handle pseudo-objects in the RHS.
11824 if (const BuiltinType *pty = RHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
11825 // An overload in the RHS can potentially be resolved by the type
11826 // being assigned to.
11827 if (Opc == BO_Assign && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
11828 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11829 (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() ||
11830 LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()))
11831 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11833 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11836 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
11837 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload &&
11838 LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
11839 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11841 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
11842 if (!resolvedRHS.isUsable()) return ExprError();
11843 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get();
11846 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11847 // If either expression is type-dependent, always build an
11849 if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())
11850 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11852 // Otherwise, build an overloaded op if either expression has an
11853 // overloadable type.
11854 if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
11855 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
11856 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11859 // Build a built-in binary operation.
11860 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11863 ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
11864 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
11866 ExprResult Input = InputExpr;
11867 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
11868 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
11869 QualType resultType;
11870 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11871 QualType Ty = InputExpr->getType();
11872 // The only legal unary operation for atomics is '&'.
11873 if ((Opc != UO_AddrOf && Ty->isAtomicType()) ||
11874 // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used
11875 // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here.
11876 (Ty->isImageType() || Ty->isSamplerT() || Ty->isPipeType()
11877 || Ty->isBlockPointerType())) {
11878 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11879 << InputExpr->getType()
11880 << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11888 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OK,
11890 Opc == UO_PreInc ||
11892 Opc == UO_PreInc ||
11896 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
11897 RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, InputExpr);
11900 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get());
11901 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11902 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc);
11907 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get());
11908 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11909 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
11910 if (resultType->isDependentType())
11912 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
11914 else if (resultType->isVectorType() &&
11915 // The z vector extensions don't allow + or - with bool vectors.
11916 (!Context.getLangOpts().ZVector ||
11917 resultType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() !=
11918 VectorType::AltiVecBool))
11920 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
11922 resultType->isPointerType())
11925 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11926 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11928 case UO_Not: // bitwise complement
11929 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get());
11930 if (Input.isInvalid())
11931 return ExprError();
11932 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
11933 if (resultType->isDependentType())
11935 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
11936 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
11937 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
11938 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
11939 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange();
11940 else if (resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
11942 else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) {
11943 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11944 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.f: The bitwise operator not (~) does not operate
11945 // on vector float types.
11946 QualType T = resultType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
11947 if (!T->isIntegerType())
11948 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11949 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11953 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11954 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11958 case UO_LNot: // logical negation
11959 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
11960 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get());
11961 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11962 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
11964 // Though we still have to promote half FP to float...
11965 if (resultType->isHalfType() && !Context.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) {
11966 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
11967 resultType = Context.FloatTy;
11970 if (resultType->isDependentType())
11972 if (resultType->isScalarType() && !isScopedEnumerationType(resultType)) {
11973 // C99 6.5.3.3p1: ok, fallthrough;
11974 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11975 // C++03 [expr.unary.op]p8, C++0x [expr.unary.op]p9:
11976 // operand contextually converted to bool.
11977 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.BoolTy,
11978 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(resultType));
11979 } else if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
11980 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
11981 // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
11982 // operate on scalar float types.
11983 if (!resultType->isIntegerType() && !resultType->isPointerType())
11984 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11985 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11987 } else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) {
11988 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
11989 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
11990 // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
11991 // operate on vector float types.
11992 QualType T = resultType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
11993 if (!T->isIntegerType())
11994 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11995 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11997 // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type.
11998 resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType);
12001 // FIXME: GCC's vector extension permits the usage of '!' with a vector
12002 // type in C++. We should allow that here too.
12003 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
12004 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
12007 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
12008 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
12009 resultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
12013 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc, Opc == UO_Real);
12014 // _Real maps ordinary l-values into ordinary l-values. _Imag maps ordinary
12015 // complex l-values to ordinary l-values and all other values to r-values.
12016 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
12017 if (Opc == UO_Real || Input.get()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
12018 if (Input.get()->getValueKind() != VK_RValue &&
12019 Input.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)
12020 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
12021 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12022 // In C, a volatile scalar is read by __imag. In C++, it is not.
12023 Input = DefaultLvalueConversion(Input.get());
12028 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
12029 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
12030 OK = Input.get()->getObjectKind();
12033 if (resultType.isNull() || Input.isInvalid())
12034 return ExprError();
12036 // Check for array bounds violations in the operand of the UnaryOperator,
12037 // except for the '*' and '&' operators that have to be handled specially
12038 // by CheckArrayAccess (as there are special cases like &array[arraysize]
12039 // that are explicitly defined as valid by the standard).
12040 if (Opc != UO_AddrOf && Opc != UO_Deref)
12041 CheckArrayAccess(Input.get());
12043 return new (Context)
12044 UnaryOperator(Input.get(), Opc, resultType, VK, OK, OpLoc);
12047 /// \brief Determine whether the given expression is a qualified member
12048 /// access expression, of a form that could be turned into a pointer to member
12049 /// with the address-of operator.
12050 static bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E) {
12051 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
12052 if (!DRE->getQualifier())
12055 ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl();
12056 if (!VD->isCXXClassMember())
12059 if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
12061 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD))
12062 return Method->isInstance();
12067 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
12068 if (!ULE->getQualifier())
12071 for (NamedDecl *D : ULE->decls()) {
12072 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
12073 if (Method->isInstance())
12076 // Overload set does not contain methods.
12087 ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
12088 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input) {
12089 // First things first: handle placeholders so that the
12090 // overloaded-operator check considers the right type.
12091 if (const BuiltinType *pty = Input->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
12092 // Increment and decrement of pseudo-object references.
12093 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
12094 UnaryOperator::isIncrementDecrementOp(Opc))
12095 return checkPseudoObjectIncDec(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
12097 // extension is always a builtin operator.
12098 if (Opc == UO_Extension)
12099 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
12101 // & gets special logic for several kinds of placeholder.
12102 // The builtin code knows what to do.
12103 if (Opc == UO_AddrOf &&
12104 (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload ||
12105 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny ||
12106 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember))
12107 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
12109 // Anything else needs to be handled now.
12110 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input);
12111 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
12112 Input = Result.get();
12115 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
12116 UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc) != OO_None &&
12117 !(Opc == UO_AddrOf && isQualifiedMemberAccess(Input))) {
12118 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
12119 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
12120 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
12122 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
12123 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
12124 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
12125 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
12128 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, Input);
12131 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
12134 // Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
12135 ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
12136 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input) {
12137 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), Input);
12140 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
12141 ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
12142 LabelDecl *TheDecl) {
12143 TheDecl->markUsed(Context);
12144 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
12145 return new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, TheDecl,
12146 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy));
12149 /// Given the last statement in a statement-expression, check whether
12150 /// the result is a producing expression (like a call to an
12151 /// ns_returns_retained function) and, if so, rebuild it to hoist the
12152 /// release out of the full-expression. Otherwise, return null.
12154 static Expr *maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(Stmt *Statement) {
12155 // Should always be wrapped with one of these.
12156 ExprWithCleanups *cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Statement);
12157 if (!cleanups) return nullptr;
12159 ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(cleanups->getSubExpr());
12160 if (!cast || cast->getCastKind() != CK_ARCConsumeObject)
12163 // Splice out the cast. This shouldn't modify any interesting
12164 // features of the statement.
12165 Expr *producer = cast->getSubExpr();
12166 assert(producer->getType() == cast->getType());
12167 assert(producer->getValueKind() == cast->getValueKind());
12168 cleanups->setSubExpr(producer);
12172 void Sema::ActOnStartStmtExpr() {
12173 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
12176 void Sema::ActOnStmtExprError() {
12177 // Note that function is also called by TreeTransform when leaving a
12178 // StmtExpr scope without rebuilding anything.
12180 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12181 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
12185 Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
12186 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
12187 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
12188 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
12190 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
12191 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12192 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() &&
12193 "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!");
12194 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
12196 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
12197 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
12198 // More semantic analysis is needed.
12200 // If there are sub-stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
12201 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
12202 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
12203 bool StmtExprMayBindToTemp = false;
12204 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
12205 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
12206 LabelStmt *LastLabelStmt = nullptr;
12207 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
12208 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt)) {
12209 LastLabelStmt = Label;
12210 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
12213 if (Expr *LastE = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt)) {
12214 // Do function/array conversion on the last expression, but not
12215 // lvalue-to-rvalue. However, initialize an unqualified type.
12216 ExprResult LastExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LastE);
12217 if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
12218 return ExprError();
12219 Ty = LastExpr.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
12221 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && !LastExpr.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
12222 // In ARC, if the final expression ends in a consume, splice
12223 // the consume out and bind it later. In the alternate case
12224 // (when dealing with a retainable type), the result
12225 // initialization will create a produce. In both cases the
12226 // result will be +1, and we'll need to balance that out with
12228 if (Expr *rebuiltLastStmt
12229 = maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(LastExpr.get())) {
12230 LastExpr = rebuiltLastStmt;
12232 LastExpr = PerformCopyInitialization(
12233 InitializedEntity::InitializeResult(LPLoc,
12240 if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
12241 return ExprError();
12242 if (LastExpr.get() != nullptr) {
12243 if (!LastLabelStmt)
12244 Compound->setLastStmt(LastExpr.get());
12246 LastLabelStmt->setSubStmt(LastExpr.get());
12247 StmtExprMayBindToTemp = true;
12253 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
12254 // expressions are not lvalues.
12255 Expr *ResStmtExpr = new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
12256 if (StmtExprMayBindToTemp)
12257 return MaybeBindToTemporary(ResStmtExpr);
12258 return ResStmtExpr;
12261 ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
12262 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12263 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
12264 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
12265 QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType();
12266 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
12267 SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
12269 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
12270 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
12271 // a struct/union/class.
12272 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
12273 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
12274 << ArgTy << TypeRange);
12276 // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
12277 // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed.
12279 && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy,
12280 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type, TypeRange))
12281 return ExprError();
12283 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
12284 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
12285 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
12286 // a system header!
12287 if (Components.size() != 1)
12288 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
12289 << SourceRange(Components[1].LocStart, Components.back().LocEnd);
12291 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
12292 QualType CurrentType = ArgTy;
12293 SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps;
12294 SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs;
12295 for (const OffsetOfComponent &OC : Components) {
12296 if (OC.isBrackets) {
12297 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
12298 if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
12299 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType);
12301 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
12303 CurrentType = AT->getElementType();
12305 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
12307 ExprResult IdxRval = DefaultLvalueConversion(static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E));
12308 if (IdxRval.isInvalid())
12309 return ExprError();
12310 Expr *Idx = IdxRval.get();
12312 // The expression must be an integral expression.
12313 // FIXME: An integral constant expression?
12314 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() &&
12315 !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
12316 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
12317 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
12318 << Idx->getSourceRange());
12320 // Record this array index.
12321 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd));
12322 Exprs.push_back(Idx);
12326 // Offset of a field.
12327 if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
12328 // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent
12329 // type. Just record the identifier of the field.
12330 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd));
12331 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
12335 // We need to have a complete type to look into.
12336 if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType,
12337 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
12338 return ExprError();
12340 // Look for the designated field.
12341 const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
12343 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
12345 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
12347 // C++ [lib.support.types]p5:
12348 // The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this
12349 // International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union
12351 // C++11 [support.types]p4:
12352 // If type is not a standard-layout class (Clause 9), the results are
12354 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
12355 bool IsSafe = LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? CRD->isStandardLayout() : CRD->isPOD();
12357 LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? diag::ext_offsetof_non_standardlayout_type
12358 : diag::ext_offsetof_non_pod_type;
12360 if (!IsSafe && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
12361 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, nullptr,
12363 << SourceRange(Components[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
12365 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
12368 // Look for the field.
12369 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
12370 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
12371 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
12372 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMemberDecl = nullptr;
12374 if ((IndirectMemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<IndirectFieldDecl>()))
12375 MemberDecl = IndirectMemberDecl->getAnonField();
12379 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
12380 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart,
12384 // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.)
12386 // We diagnose this as an error.
12387 if (MemberDecl->isBitField()) {
12388 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield)
12389 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
12390 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
12391 Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl);
12392 return ExprError();
12395 RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent();
12396 if (IndirectMemberDecl)
12397 Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(IndirectMemberDecl->getDeclContext());
12399 // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for
12400 // the base class indirections.
12401 CXXBasePaths Paths;
12402 if (IsDerivedFrom(OC.LocStart, CurrentType, Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent),
12404 if (Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
12405 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_field_of_virtual_base)
12406 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
12407 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
12408 return ExprError();
12411 CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front();
12412 for (const CXXBasePathElement &B : Path)
12413 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B.Base));
12416 if (IndirectMemberDecl) {
12417 for (auto *FI : IndirectMemberDecl->chain()) {
12418 assert(isa<FieldDecl>(FI));
12419 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart,
12420 cast<FieldDecl>(FI), OC.LocEnd));
12423 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd));
12425 CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType();
12428 return OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc, TInfo,
12429 Comps, Exprs, RParenLoc);
12432 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
12433 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
12434 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
12435 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
12436 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
12437 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
12439 TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo;
12440 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedArgTy, &ArgTInfo);
12441 if (ArgTy.isNull())
12442 return ExprError();
12445 ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc);
12447 return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, Components, RParenLoc);
12451 ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
12453 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
12454 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
12455 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
12457 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
12458 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
12460 bool ValueDependent = false;
12461 bool CondIsTrue = false;
12462 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
12463 resType = Context.DependentTy;
12464 ValueDependent = true;
12466 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
12467 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
12469 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(CondExpr, &condEval,
12470 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant, false);
12471 if (CondICE.isInvalid())
12472 return ExprError();
12473 CondExpr = CondICE.get();
12474 CondIsTrue = condEval.getZExtValue();
12476 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
12477 Expr *ActiveExpr = CondIsTrue ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr;
12479 resType = ActiveExpr->getType();
12480 ValueDependent = ActiveExpr->isValueDependent();
12481 VK = ActiveExpr->getValueKind();
12482 OK = ActiveExpr->getObjectKind();
12485 return new (Context)
12486 ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, resType, VK, OK, RPLoc,
12487 CondIsTrue, resType->isDependentType(), ValueDependent);
12490 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12491 // Clang Extensions.
12492 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12494 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
12495 void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
12496 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
12498 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
12499 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
12500 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
12501 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Block->getDeclContext(),
12502 ManglingContextDecl)) {
12503 unsigned ManglingNumber = MCtx->getManglingNumber(Block);
12504 Block->setBlockMangling(ManglingNumber, ManglingContextDecl);
12508 PushBlockScope(CurScope, Block);
12509 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
12511 PushDeclContext(CurScope, Block);
12513 CurContext = Block;
12515 getCurBlock()->HasImplicitReturnType = true;
12517 // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the block from any
12518 // cleanups from the enclosing full-expression.
12519 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
12520 ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
12523 void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
12525 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
12526 "block-id should have no identifier!");
12527 assert(ParamInfo.getContext() == Declarator::BlockLiteralContext);
12528 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
12530 TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
12531 QualType T = Sig->getType();
12533 // FIXME: We should allow unexpanded parameter packs here, but that would,
12534 // in turn, make the block expression contain unexpanded parameter packs.
12535 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(CaretLoc, Sig, UPPC_Block)) {
12536 // Drop the parameters.
12537 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
12538 EPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
12539 EPI.TypeQuals |= DeclSpec::TQ_const;
12540 T = Context.getFunctionType(Context.DependentTy, None, EPI);
12541 Sig = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
12544 // GetTypeForDeclarator always produces a function type for a block
12545 // literal signature. Furthermore, it is always a FunctionProtoType
12546 // unless the function was written with a typedef.
12547 assert(T->isFunctionType() &&
12548 "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature");
12550 // Look for an explicit signature in that function type.
12551 FunctionProtoTypeLoc ExplicitSignature;
12553 TypeLoc tmp = Sig->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens();
12554 if ((ExplicitSignature = tmp.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>())) {
12556 // Check whether that explicit signature was synthesized by
12557 // GetTypeForDeclarator. If so, don't save that as part of the
12558 // written signature.
12559 if (ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeBegin() ==
12560 ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeEnd()) {
12561 // This would be much cheaper if we stored TypeLocs instead of
12562 // TypeSourceInfos.
12563 TypeLoc Result = ExplicitSignature.getReturnLoc();
12564 unsigned Size = Result.getFullDataSize();
12565 Sig = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result.getType(), Size);
12566 Sig->getTypeLoc().initializeFullCopy(Result, Size);
12568 ExplicitSignature = FunctionProtoTypeLoc();
12572 CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig);
12573 CurBlock->FunctionType = T;
12575 const FunctionType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
12576 QualType RetTy = Fn->getReturnType();
12578 (isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) && cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic());
12580 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic);
12582 // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block
12583 // return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like:
12585 // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction"....
12586 if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy) {
12587 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
12588 CurBlock->TheDecl->setBlockMissingReturnType(false);
12589 CurBlock->HasImplicitReturnType = false;
12592 // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them.
12593 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params;
12594 if (ExplicitSignature) {
12595 for (unsigned I = 0, E = ExplicitSignature.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
12596 ParmVarDecl *Param = ExplicitSignature.getParam(I);
12597 if (Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
12598 !Param->isImplicit() &&
12599 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
12600 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12601 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
12602 Params.push_back(Param);
12605 // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like
12606 // ^ fntype { ... }
12607 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
12608 for (const auto &I : Fn->param_types()) {
12609 ParmVarDecl *Param = BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(
12610 CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo.getLocStart(), I);
12611 Params.push_back(Param);
12615 // Set the parameters on the block decl.
12616 if (!Params.empty()) {
12617 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params);
12618 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters(),
12619 /*CheckParameterNames=*/false);
12622 // Finally we can process decl attributes.
12623 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
12625 // Put the parameter variables in scope.
12626 for (auto AI : CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters()) {
12627 AI->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
12629 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
12630 if (AI->getIdentifier()) {
12631 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, AI);
12633 PushOnScopeChains(AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
12638 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
12639 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
12640 void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
12641 // Leave the expression-evaluation context.
12642 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12643 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
12645 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
12647 PopFunctionScopeInfo();
12650 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
12651 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
12652 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
12653 Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) {
12654 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
12655 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
12656 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable) << LangOpts.OpenCL;
12658 // Leave the expression-evaluation context.
12659 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
12660 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12661 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() &&
12662 "cleanups within block not correctly bound!");
12663 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
12665 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
12667 if (BSI->HasImplicitReturnType)
12668 deduceClosureReturnType(*BSI);
12672 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
12673 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
12674 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
12676 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
12679 // Set the captured variables on the block.
12680 // FIXME: Share capture structure between BlockDecl and CapturingScopeInfo!
12681 SmallVector<BlockDecl::Capture, 4> Captures;
12682 for (CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap : BSI->Captures) {
12683 if (Cap.isThisCapture())
12685 BlockDecl::Capture NewCap(Cap.getVariable(), Cap.isBlockCapture(),
12686 Cap.isNested(), Cap.getInitExpr());
12687 Captures.push_back(NewCap);
12689 BSI->TheDecl->setCaptures(Context, Captures, BSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0);
12691 // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that.
12692 if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) {
12693 const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->getAs<FunctionType>();
12695 FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo();
12696 if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true);
12698 // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types.
12699 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) {
12700 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
12702 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
12704 // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type,
12705 // preserve its sugar structure.
12706 } else if (FTy->getReturnType() == RetTy &&
12707 (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) {
12708 BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType;
12710 // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type.
12712 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy);
12713 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
12714 EPI.TypeQuals = 0; // FIXME: silently?
12716 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI);
12719 // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing.
12721 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
12722 EPI.ExtInfo = FunctionType::ExtInfo().withNoReturn(NoReturn);
12723 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
12726 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->TheDecl->parameters());
12727 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
12729 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
12730 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
12731 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
12732 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
12734 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
12736 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
12737 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(BSI->TheDecl);
12739 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check again
12740 // if we can do this, though, because blocks keep return statements around
12741 // to deduce an implicit return type.
12742 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RetTy->isRecordType() &&
12743 !BSI->TheDecl->isDependentContext())
12744 computeNRVO(Body, BSI);
12746 BlockExpr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
12747 AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
12748 PopFunctionScopeInfo(&WP, Result->getBlockDecl(), Result);
12750 // If the block isn't obviously global, i.e. it captures anything at
12751 // all, then we need to do a few things in the surrounding context:
12752 if (Result->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) {
12753 // First, this expression has a new cleanup object.
12754 ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(Result->getBlockDecl());
12755 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
12757 // It also gets a branch-protected scope if any of the captured
12758 // variables needs destruction.
12759 for (const auto &CI : Result->getBlockDecl()->captures()) {
12760 const VarDecl *var = CI.getVariable();
12761 if (var->getType().isDestructedType() != QualType::DK_none) {
12762 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
12771 ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
12772 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
12773 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
12774 GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
12775 return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc);
12778 ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
12779 Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12780 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
12781 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
12784 // CUDA device code does not support varargs.
12785 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) {
12786 if (const FunctionDecl *F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) {
12787 CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(F);
12788 if (T == CFT_Global || T == CFT_Device || T == CFT_HostDevice)
12789 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_arg_in_device));
12793 // It might be a __builtin_ms_va_list. (But don't ever mark a va_arg()
12794 // as Microsoft ABI on an actual Microsoft platform, where
12795 // __builtin_ms_va_list and __builtin_va_list are the same.)
12796 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && Context.getTargetInfo().hasBuiltinMSVaList() &&
12797 Context.getTargetInfo().getBuiltinVaListKind() != TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList) {
12798 QualType MSVaListType = Context.getBuiltinMSVaListType();
12799 if (Context.hasSameType(MSVaListType, E->getType())) {
12800 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
12801 return ExprError();
12806 // Get the va_list type
12807 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
12809 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
12810 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
12811 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
12812 // a pointer for va_arg.
12813 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
12814 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
12815 ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
12816 if (Result.isInvalid())
12817 return ExprError();
12819 } else if (VaListType->isRecordType() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12820 // If va_list is a record type and we are compiling in C++ mode,
12821 // check the argument using reference binding.
12822 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
12823 Context, Context.getLValueReferenceType(VaListType), false);
12824 ExprResult Init = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), E);
12825 if (Init.isInvalid())
12826 return ExprError();
12827 E = Init.getAs<Expr>();
12829 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
12830 // it is modified by va_arg.
12831 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
12832 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
12833 return ExprError();
12837 if (!IsMS && !E->isTypeDependent() &&
12838 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType()))
12839 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
12840 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
12841 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
12843 if (!TInfo->getType()->isDependentType()) {
12844 if (RequireCompleteType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TInfo->getType(),
12845 diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete,
12846 TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
12847 return ExprError();
12849 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
12851 diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract,
12852 TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
12853 return ExprError();
12855 if (!TInfo->getType().isPODType(Context)) {
12856 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
12857 TInfo->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType()
12858 ? diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_ownership_qualified
12859 : diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod)
12860 << TInfo->getType()
12861 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
12864 // Check for va_arg where arguments of the given type will be promoted
12865 // (i.e. this va_arg is guaranteed to have undefined behavior).
12866 QualType PromoteType;
12867 if (TInfo->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
12868 PromoteType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(TInfo->getType());
12869 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, TInfo->getType()))
12870 PromoteType = QualType();
12872 if (TInfo->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
12873 PromoteType = Context.DoubleTy;
12874 if (!PromoteType.isNull())
12875 DiagRuntimeBehavior(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), E,
12876 PDiag(diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible)
12877 << TInfo->getType()
12879 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange());
12882 QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
12883 return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T, IsMS);
12886 ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
12887 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
12888 // pointers on the target.
12890 unsigned pw = Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0);
12891 if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth())
12892 Ty = Context.IntTy;
12893 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())
12894 Ty = Context.LongTy;
12895 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth())
12896 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
12898 llvm_unreachable("I don't know size of pointer!");
12901 return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc);
12904 bool Sema::ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&Exp,
12906 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1)
12909 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
12913 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
12914 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
12915 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
12916 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
12920 // Ignore any parens, implicit casts (should only be
12921 // array-to-pointer decays), and not-so-opaque values. The last is
12922 // important for making this trigger for property assignments.
12923 Expr *SrcExpr = Exp->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12924 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OV = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SrcExpr))
12925 if (OV->getSourceExpr())
12926 SrcExpr = OV->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12928 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr);
12929 if (!SL || !SL->isAscii())
12932 Diag(SL->getLocStart(), diag::err_missing_atsign_prefix)
12933 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
12934 Exp = BuildObjCStringLiteral(SL->getLocStart(), SL).get();
12939 static bool maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(Sema &S, QualType DstType,
12940 const Expr *SrcExpr) {
12941 if (!DstType->isFunctionPointerType() ||
12942 !SrcExpr->getType()->isFunctionType())
12945 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
12949 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12953 return !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD,
12955 SrcExpr->getLocStart());
12958 bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
12959 SourceLocation Loc,
12960 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
12961 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
12962 bool *Complained) {
12964 *Complained = false;
12966 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
12967 bool CheckInferredResultType = false;
12968 bool isInvalid = false;
12969 unsigned DiagKind = 0;
12971 ConversionFixItGenerator ConvHints;
12972 bool MayHaveConvFixit = false;
12973 bool MayHaveFunctionDiff = false;
12974 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
12975 const ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = nullptr;
12979 DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(DstType, SrcType, SrcExpr);
12983 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
12984 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
12985 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
12988 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
12989 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
12990 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
12992 case IncompatiblePointer:
12993 if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited)
12994 DiagKind = diag::err_arc_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
12995 else if (SrcType->isFunctionPointerType() &&
12996 DstType->isFunctionPointerType())
12997 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer;
12999 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
13001 CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
13002 SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType();
13003 if (Hint.isNull() && !CheckInferredResultType) {
13004 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
13006 else if (CheckInferredResultType) {
13007 SrcType = SrcType.getUnqualifiedType();
13008 DstType = DstType.getUnqualifiedType();
13010 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
13012 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
13013 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
13015 case FunctionVoidPointer:
13016 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
13018 case IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: {
13019 // Perform array-to-pointer decay if necessary.
13020 if (SrcType->isArrayType()) SrcType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(SrcType);
13022 Qualifiers lhq = SrcType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
13023 Qualifiers rhq = DstType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
13024 if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) {
13025 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space;
13029 } else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) {
13030 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership;
13034 llvm_unreachable("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!");
13037 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
13038 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
13039 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
13040 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
13041 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
13042 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
13043 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
13044 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
13045 // of a larger effort to fix checkPointerTypesForAssignment for
13047 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13048 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
13050 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
13052 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
13053 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
13055 case IntToBlockPointer:
13056 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
13058 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
13059 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
13061 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId: {
13062 if (SrcType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
13063 const ObjCObjectPointerType *srcOPT =
13064 SrcType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
13065 for (auto *srcProto : srcOPT->quals()) {
13069 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
13070 DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType())
13071 IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
13073 else if (DstType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
13074 const ObjCObjectPointerType *dstOPT =
13075 DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
13076 for (auto *dstProto : dstOPT->quals()) {
13080 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
13081 SrcType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType())
13082 IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
13084 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
13087 case IncompatibleVectors:
13088 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
13090 case IncompatibleObjCWeakRef:
13091 DiagKind = diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign;
13094 if (maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(*this, DstType, SrcExpr)) {
13096 *Complained = true;
13100 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
13101 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
13102 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
13104 MayHaveFunctionDiff = true;
13108 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
13111 case AA_Initializing:
13112 // The destination type comes first.
13113 FirstType = DstType;
13114 SecondType = SrcType;
13119 case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
13120 case AA_Converting:
13123 // The source type comes first.
13124 FirstType = SrcType;
13125 SecondType = DstType;
13129 PartialDiagnostic FDiag = PDiag(DiagKind);
13130 if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited)
13131 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << AA_Passing << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
13133 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << Action << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
13135 // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts.
13136 assert(ConvHints.isNull() || Hint.isNull());
13137 if (!ConvHints.isNull()) {
13138 for (FixItHint &H : ConvHints.Hints)
13143 if (MayHaveConvFixit) { FDiag << (unsigned) (ConvHints.Kind); }
13145 if (MayHaveFunctionDiff)
13146 HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(FDiag, SecondType, FirstType);
13149 if (DiagKind == diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id &&
13150 PDecl && IFace && !IFace->hasDefinition())
13151 Diag(IFace->getLocation(), diag::note_incomplete_class_and_qualified_id)
13152 << IFace->getName() << PDecl->getName();
13154 if (SecondType == Context.OverloadTy)
13155 NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr).Expression,
13156 FirstType, /*TakingAddress=*/true);
13158 if (CheckInferredResultType)
13159 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(SrcExpr);
13161 if (Action == AA_Returning && ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer)
13162 EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(DstType);
13165 *Complained = true;
13169 ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
13170 llvm::APSInt *Result) {
13171 class SimpleICEDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
13173 void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) override {
13174 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus << SR;
13178 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser);
13181 ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
13182 llvm::APSInt *Result,
13185 class IDDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
13189 IDDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID)
13190 : VerifyICEDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID) { }
13192 void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) override {
13193 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << SR;
13195 } Diagnoser(DiagID);
13197 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, AllowFold);
13200 void Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
13202 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_expr_not_ice) << SR << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus;
13206 Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
13207 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
13209 SourceLocation DiagLoc = E->getLocStart();
13211 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
13212 // C++11 [expr.const]p5:
13213 // If an expression of literal class type is used in a context where an
13214 // integral constant expression is required, then that class type shall
13215 // have a single non-explicit conversion function to an integral or
13216 // unscoped enumeration type
13217 ExprResult Converted;
13218 class CXX11ConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
13220 CXX11ConvertDiagnoser(bool Silent)
13221 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false,
13224 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
13225 QualType T) override {
13226 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_not_integral) << T;
13229 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
13230 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
13231 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_incomplete_type) << T;
13234 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
13235 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
13236 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
13239 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
13240 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
13241 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
13242 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
13245 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
13246 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
13247 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
13250 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
13251 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
13252 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
13253 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
13256 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
13257 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
13258 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
13260 } ConvertDiagnoser(Diagnoser.Suppress);
13262 Converted = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(DiagLoc, E,
13264 if (Converted.isInvalid())
13266 E = Converted.get();
13267 if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
13268 return ExprError();
13269 } else if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
13270 // An ICE must be of integral or unscoped enumeration type.
13271 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress)
13272 Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
13273 return ExprError();
13276 // Circumvent ICE checking in C++11 to avoid evaluating the expression twice
13277 // in the non-ICE case.
13278 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
13280 *Result = E->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Context);
13284 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
13285 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
13286 EvalResult.Diag = &Notes;
13288 // Try to evaluate the expression, and produce diagnostics explaining why it's
13289 // not a constant expression as a side-effect.
13290 bool Folded = E->EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult, Context) &&
13291 EvalResult.Val.isInt() && !EvalResult.HasSideEffects;
13293 // In C++11, we can rely on diagnostics being produced for any expression
13294 // which is not a constant expression. If no diagnostics were produced, then
13295 // this is a constant expression.
13296 if (Folded && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Notes.empty()) {
13298 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
13302 // If our only note is the usual "invalid subexpression" note, just point
13303 // the caret at its location rather than producing an essentially
13305 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
13306 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
13307 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
13311 if (!Folded || !AllowFold) {
13312 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) {
13313 Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
13314 for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes)
13315 Diag(Note.first, Note.second);
13318 return ExprError();
13321 Diagnoser.diagnoseFold(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
13322 for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes)
13323 Diag(Note.first, Note.second);
13326 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
13331 // Handle the case where we conclude a expression which we speculatively
13332 // considered to be unevaluated is actually evaluated.
13333 class TransformToPE : public TreeTransform<TransformToPE> {
13334 typedef TreeTransform<TransformToPE> BaseTransform;
13337 TransformToPE(Sema &SemaRef) : BaseTransform(SemaRef) { }
13339 // Make sure we redo semantic analysis
13340 bool AlwaysRebuild() { return true; }
13342 // Make sure we handle LabelStmts correctly.
13343 // FIXME: This does the right thing, but maybe we need a more general
13344 // fix to TreeTransform?
13345 StmtResult TransformLabelStmt(LabelStmt *S) {
13346 S->getDecl()->setStmt(nullptr);
13347 return BaseTransform::TransformLabelStmt(S);
13350 // We need to special-case DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls which
13351 // are not part of a member pointer formation; normal TreeTransforming
13352 // doesn't catch this case because of the way we represent them in the AST.
13353 // FIXME: This is a bit ugly; is it really the best way to handle this
13356 // Error on DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls.
13357 ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
13358 if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getDecl()) &&
13359 !SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext())
13360 return SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocation(),
13361 diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
13362 << E->getDecl() << E->getSourceRange();
13364 return BaseTransform::TransformDeclRefExpr(E);
13367 // Exception: filter out member pointer formation
13368 ExprResult TransformUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
13369 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType())
13372 return BaseTransform::TransformUnaryOperator(E);
13375 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) {
13376 // Lambdas never need to be transformed.
13382 ExprResult Sema::TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E) {
13383 assert(isUnevaluatedContext() &&
13384 "Should only transform unevaluated expressions");
13385 ExprEvalContexts.back().Context =
13386 ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size()-2].Context;
13387 if (isUnevaluatedContext())
13389 return TransformToPE(*this).TransformExpr(E);
13393 Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
13394 Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
13396 ExprEvalContexts.emplace_back(NewContext, ExprCleanupObjects.size(), Cleanup,
13397 LambdaContextDecl, IsDecltype);
13399 if (!MaybeODRUseExprs.empty())
13400 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, ExprEvalContexts.back().SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
13404 Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
13405 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
13407 Decl *ClosureContextDecl = ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl;
13408 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, ClosureContextDecl, IsDecltype);
13411 void Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
13412 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord& Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
13413 unsigned NumTypos = Rec.NumTypos;
13415 if (!Rec.Lambdas.empty()) {
13416 if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.isConstantEvaluated()) {
13418 if (Rec.isUnevaluated()) {
13419 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p2:
13420 // A lambda-expression shall not appear in an unevaluated operand
13422 D = diag::err_lambda_unevaluated_operand;
13424 // C++1y [expr.const]p2:
13425 // A conditional-expression e is a core constant expression unless the
13426 // evaluation of e, following the rules of the abstract machine, would
13427 // evaluate [...] a lambda-expression.
13428 D = diag::err_lambda_in_constant_expression;
13431 // C++1z allows lambda expressions as core constant expressions.
13432 // FIXME: In C++1z, reinstate the restrictions on lambda expressions (CWG
13433 // 1607) from appearing within template-arguments and array-bounds that
13434 // are part of function-signatures. Be mindful that P0315 (Lambdas in
13435 // unevaluated contexts) might lift some of these restrictions in a
13437 if (!Rec.isConstantEvaluated() || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z)
13438 for (const auto *L : Rec.Lambdas)
13439 Diag(L->getLocStart(), D);
13441 // Mark the capture expressions odr-used. This was deferred
13442 // during lambda expression creation.
13443 for (auto *Lambda : Rec.Lambdas) {
13444 for (auto *C : Lambda->capture_inits())
13445 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(C);
13450 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
13451 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
13452 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
13453 // will never be constructed.
13454 if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.isConstantEvaluated()) {
13455 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + Rec.NumCleanupObjects,
13456 ExprCleanupObjects.end());
13457 Cleanup = Rec.ParentCleanup;
13458 CleanupVarDeclMarking();
13459 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
13460 // Otherwise, merge the contexts together.
13462 Cleanup.mergeFrom(Rec.ParentCleanup);
13463 MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.begin(),
13464 Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.end());
13467 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
13468 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
13470 if (!ExprEvalContexts.empty())
13471 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos += NumTypos;
13473 assert(NumTypos == 0 && "There are outstanding typos after popping the "
13474 "last ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord");
13477 void Sema::DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext() {
13478 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(
13479 ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects,
13480 ExprCleanupObjects.end());
13482 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
13485 ExprResult Sema::HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E) {
13486 if (!E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
13488 return TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
13491 /// Are we within a context in which some evaluation could be performed (be it
13492 /// constant evaluation or runtime evaluation)? Sadly, this notion is not quite
13493 /// captured by C++'s idea of an "unevaluated context".
13494 static bool isEvaluatableContext(Sema &SemaRef) {
13495 switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
13496 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated:
13497 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract:
13498 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement:
13499 // Expressions in this context are never evaluated.
13502 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList:
13503 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated:
13504 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated:
13505 // Expressions in this context could be evaluated.
13508 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
13509 // Referenced declarations will only be used if the construct in the
13510 // containing expression is used, at which point we'll be given another
13511 // turn to mark them.
13514 llvm_unreachable("Invalid context");
13517 /// Are we within a context in which references to resolved functions or to
13518 /// variables result in odr-use?
13519 static bool isOdrUseContext(Sema &SemaRef, bool SkipDependentUses = true) {
13520 // An expression in a template is not really an expression until it's been
13521 // instantiated, so it doesn't trigger odr-use.
13522 if (SkipDependentUses && SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext())
13525 switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
13526 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated:
13527 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList:
13528 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract:
13529 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement:
13532 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated:
13533 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated:
13536 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
13539 llvm_unreachable("Invalid context");
13542 static bool isImplicitlyDefinableConstexprFunction(FunctionDecl *Func) {
13543 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func);
13544 return Func->isConstexpr() &&
13545 (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable() || (MD && !MD->isUserProvided()));
13548 /// \brief Mark a function referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
13549 /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3)
13550 void Sema::MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
13551 bool MightBeOdrUse) {
13552 assert(Func && "No function?");
13554 Func->setReferenced();
13556 // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p3:
13557 // A function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression is
13558 // odr-used if it is the unique lookup result or the selected member of a
13559 // set of overloaded functions [...].
13561 // We (incorrectly) mark overload resolution as an unevaluated context, so we
13562 // can just check that here.
13563 bool OdrUse = MightBeOdrUse && isOdrUseContext(*this);
13565 // Determine whether we require a function definition to exist, per
13566 // C++11 [temp.inst]p3:
13567 // Unless a function template specialization has been explicitly
13568 // instantiated or explicitly specialized, the function template
13569 // specialization is implicitly instantiated when the specialization is
13570 // referenced in a context that requires a function definition to exist.
13572 // That is either when this is an odr-use, or when a usage of a constexpr
13573 // function occurs within an evaluatable context.
13574 bool NeedDefinition =
13575 OdrUse || (isEvaluatableContext(*this) &&
13576 isImplicitlyDefinableConstexprFunction(Func));
13578 // C++14 [temp.expl.spec]p6:
13579 // If a template [...] is explicitly specialized then that specialization
13580 // shall be declared before the first use of that specialization that would
13581 // cause an implicit instantiation to take place, in every translation unit
13582 // in which such a use occurs
13583 if (NeedDefinition &&
13584 (Func->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_Undeclared ||
13585 Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()))
13586 checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Func);
13588 // C++14 [except.spec]p17:
13589 // An exception-specification is considered to be needed when:
13590 // - the function is odr-used or, if it appears in an unevaluated operand,
13591 // would be odr-used if the expression were potentially-evaluated;
13593 // Note, we do this even if MightBeOdrUse is false. That indicates that the
13594 // function is a pure virtual function we're calling, and in that case the
13595 // function was selected by overload resolution and we need to resolve its
13596 // exception specification for a different reason.
13597 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
13598 if (FPT && isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType()))
13599 ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT);
13601 // If we don't need to mark the function as used, and we don't need to
13602 // try to provide a definition, there's nothing more to do.
13603 if ((Func->isUsed(/*CheckUsedAttr=*/false) || !OdrUse) &&
13604 (!NeedDefinition || Func->getBody()))
13607 // Note that this declaration has been used.
13608 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) {
13609 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Constructor->getFirstDecl());
13610 if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && !Constructor->isDeleted()) {
13611 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
13612 if (Constructor->isTrivial() && !Constructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
13614 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
13615 } else if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) {
13616 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
13617 } else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) {
13618 DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
13620 } else if (Constructor->getInheritedConstructor()) {
13621 DefineInheritingConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
13623 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
13624 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) {
13625 Destructor = cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Destructor->getFirstDecl());
13626 if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isDeleted()) {
13627 if (Destructor->isTrivial() && !Destructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
13629 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
13631 if (Destructor->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext)
13632 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent());
13633 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func)) {
13634 if (MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
13635 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
13636 MethodDecl = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl());
13637 if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && !MethodDecl->isDeleted()) {
13638 if (MethodDecl->isCopyAssignmentOperator())
13639 DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
13640 else if (MethodDecl->isMoveAssignmentOperator())
13641 DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
13643 } else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl) &&
13644 MethodDecl->getParent()->isLambda()) {
13645 CXXConversionDecl *Conversion =
13646 cast<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl());
13647 if (Conversion->isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion())
13648 DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
13650 DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
13651 } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext)
13652 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent());
13655 // Recursive functions should be marked when used from another function.
13656 // FIXME: Is this really right?
13657 if (CurContext == Func) return;
13659 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
13660 // class templates.
13661 if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
13662 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
13663 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Loc;
13664 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
13665 = Func->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
13666 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
13667 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
13668 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
13669 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
13670 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
13671 PointOfInstantiation = SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
13673 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
13674 = Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
13675 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
13676 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
13677 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
13678 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
13679 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
13680 PointOfInstantiation = MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
13684 if (!AlreadyInstantiated || Func->isConstexpr()) {
13685 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()) &&
13686 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass() &&
13687 CodeSynthesisContexts.size())
13688 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(
13689 std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation));
13690 else if (Func->isConstexpr())
13691 // Do not defer instantiations of constexpr functions, to avoid the
13692 // expression evaluator needing to call back into Sema if it sees a
13693 // call to such a function.
13694 InstantiateFunctionDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Func);
13696 PendingInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Func,
13697 PointOfInstantiation));
13698 // Notify the consumer that a function was implicitly instantiated.
13699 Consumer.HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(Func);
13703 // Walk redefinitions, as some of them may be instantiable.
13704 for (auto i : Func->redecls()) {
13705 if (!i->isUsed(false) && i->isImplicitlyInstantiable())
13706 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, i, OdrUse);
13710 if (!OdrUse) return;
13712 // Keep track of used but undefined functions.
13713 if (!Func->isDefined()) {
13714 if (mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(Func))
13715 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
13716 else if (Func->getMostRecentDecl()->isInlined() &&
13717 !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
13718 !Func->getMostRecentDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
13719 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
13722 Func->markUsed(Context);
13726 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
13727 ValueDecl *var, DeclContext *DC) {
13728 DeclContext *VarDC = var->getDeclContext();
13730 // If the parameter still belongs to the translation unit, then
13731 // we're actually just using one parameter in the declaration of
13733 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var) &&
13734 isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(VarDC))
13737 // For C code, don't diagnose about capture if we're not actually in code
13738 // right now; it's impossible to write a non-constant expression outside of
13739 // function context, so we'll get other (more useful) diagnostics later.
13741 // For C++, things get a bit more nasty... it would be nice to suppress this
13742 // diagnostic for certain cases like using a local variable in an array bound
13743 // for a member of a local class, but the correct predicate is not obvious.
13744 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
13747 unsigned ValueKind = isa<BindingDecl>(var) ? 1 : 0;
13748 unsigned ContextKind = 3; // unknown
13749 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VarDC) &&
13750 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VarDC->getParent())->isLambda()) {
13752 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(VarDC)) {
13754 } else if (isa<BlockDecl>(VarDC)) {
13758 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_in_enclosing_context)
13759 << var << ValueKind << ContextKind << VarDC;
13760 S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
13763 // FIXME: Add additional diagnostic info about class etc. which prevents
13768 static bool isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var,
13769 bool &SubCapturesAreNested,
13770 QualType &CaptureType,
13771 QualType &DeclRefType) {
13772 // Check whether we've already captured it.
13773 if (CSI->CaptureMap.count(Var)) {
13774 // If we found a capture, any subcaptures are nested.
13775 SubCapturesAreNested = true;
13777 // Retrieve the capture type for this variable.
13778 CaptureType = CSI->getCapture(Var).getCaptureType();
13780 // Compute the type of an expression that refers to this variable.
13781 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
13783 // Similarly to mutable captures in lambda, all the OpenMP captures by copy
13784 // are mutable in the sense that user can change their value - they are
13785 // private instances of the captured declarations.
13786 const CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap = CSI->getCapture(Var);
13787 if (Cap.isCopyCapture() &&
13788 !(isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI) && cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Mutable) &&
13789 !(isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI) &&
13790 cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP))
13791 DeclRefType.addConst();
13797 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
13798 // capture; other scopes don't work.
13799 static DeclContext *getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DeclContext *DC, VarDecl *Var,
13800 SourceLocation Loc,
13801 const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) {
13802 if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) || isa<CapturedDecl>(DC) || isLambdaCallOperator(DC))
13803 return getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC);
13804 else if (Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
13806 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(S, Loc, Var, DC);
13811 // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture
13812 // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.)
13813 // so check for eligibility.
13814 static bool isVariableCapturable(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var,
13815 SourceLocation Loc,
13816 const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) {
13818 bool IsBlock = isa<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI);
13819 bool IsLambda = isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
13821 // Lambdas are not allowed to capture unnamed variables
13822 // (e.g. anonymous unions).
13823 // FIXME: The C++11 rule don't actually state this explicitly, but I'm
13824 // assuming that's the intent.
13825 if (IsLambda && !Var->getDeclName()) {
13827 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_anonymous_var);
13828 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
13833 // Prohibit variably-modified types in blocks; they're difficult to deal with.
13834 if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && IsBlock) {
13836 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
13837 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13838 << Var->getDeclName();
13842 // Prohibit structs with flexible array members too.
13843 // We cannot capture what is in the tail end of the struct.
13844 if (const RecordType *VTTy = Var->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13845 if (VTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
13848 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_flexarray_type);
13850 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_flexarray_type)
13851 << Var->getDeclName();
13852 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13853 << Var->getDeclName();
13858 const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
13859 // Lambdas and captured statements are not allowed to capture __block
13860 // variables; they don't support the expected semantics.
13861 if (HasBlocksAttr && (IsLambda || isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))) {
13863 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_capture_block_variable)
13864 << Var->getDeclName() << !IsLambda;
13865 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13866 << Var->getDeclName();
13870 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5: Blocks cannot reference/capture other blocks
13871 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && IsBlock &&
13872 Var->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
13874 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_block_ref_block);
13881 // Returns true if the capture by block was successful.
13882 static bool captureInBlock(BlockScopeInfo *BSI, VarDecl *Var,
13883 SourceLocation Loc,
13884 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
13885 QualType &CaptureType,
13886 QualType &DeclRefType,
13889 Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr;
13890 bool ByRef = false;
13892 // Blocks are not allowed to capture arrays.
13893 if (CaptureType->isArrayType()) {
13894 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13895 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
13896 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13897 << Var->getDeclName();
13902 // Forbid the block-capture of autoreleasing variables.
13903 if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
13904 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13905 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture)
13907 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13908 << Var->getDeclName();
13913 // Warn about implicitly autoreleasing indirect parameters captured by blocks.
13914 if (const auto *PT = CaptureType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
13915 // This function finds out whether there is an AttributedType of kind
13916 // attr_objc_ownership in Ty. The existence of AttributedType of kind
13917 // attr_objc_ownership implies __autoreleasing was explicitly specified
13918 // rather than being added implicitly by the compiler.
13919 auto IsObjCOwnershipAttributedType = [](QualType Ty) {
13920 while (const auto *AttrTy = Ty->getAs<AttributedType>()) {
13921 if (AttrTy->getAttrKind() == AttributedType::attr_objc_ownership)
13924 // Peel off AttributedTypes that are not of kind objc_ownership.
13925 Ty = AttrTy->getModifiedType();
13931 QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
13933 if (PointeeTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
13934 PointeeTy.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing &&
13935 !IsObjCOwnershipAttributedType(PointeeTy)) {
13936 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13937 SourceLocation VarLoc = Var->getLocation();
13938 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_block_capture_autoreleasing);
13940 auto AddAutoreleaseNote =
13941 S.Diag(VarLoc, diag::note_declare_parameter_autoreleasing);
13942 // Provide a fix-it for the '__autoreleasing' keyword at the
13943 // appropriate location in the variable's type.
13944 if (const auto *TSI = Var->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
13945 PointerTypeLoc PTL =
13946 TSI->getTypeLoc().getAsAdjusted<PointerTypeLoc>();
13948 SourceLocation Loc = PTL.getPointeeLoc().getEndLoc();
13949 Loc = Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(Loc, 0, S.getSourceManager(),
13951 if (Loc.isValid()) {
13952 StringRef CharAtLoc = Lexer::getSourceText(
13953 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, Loc.getLocWithOffset(1)),
13954 S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts());
13955 AddAutoreleaseNote << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
13956 Loc, CharAtLoc.empty() || !isWhitespace(CharAtLoc[0])
13957 ? " __autoreleasing "
13958 : " __autoreleasing");
13963 S.Diag(VarLoc, diag::note_declare_parameter_strong);
13968 const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
13969 if (HasBlocksAttr || CaptureType->isReferenceType() ||
13970 (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && S.IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var))) {
13971 // Block capture by reference does not change the capture or
13972 // declaration reference types.
13975 // Block capture by copy introduces 'const'.
13976 CaptureType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType().withConst();
13977 DeclRefType = CaptureType;
13979 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BuildAndDiagnose) {
13980 if (const RecordType *Record = DeclRefType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13981 // The capture logic needs the destructor, so make sure we mark it.
13982 // Usually this is unnecessary because most local variables have
13983 // their destructors marked at declaration time, but parameters are
13984 // an exception because it's technically only the call site that
13985 // actually requires the destructor.
13986 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
13987 S.FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record);
13989 // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the copy
13990 // full-expression.
13991 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(
13992 S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
13994 // According to the blocks spec, the capture of a variable from
13995 // the stack requires a const copy constructor. This is not true
13996 // of the copy/move done to move a __block variable to the heap.
13997 Expr *DeclRef = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, Nested,
13998 DeclRefType.withConst(),
14002 = S.PerformCopyInitialization(
14003 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(Var->getLocation(),
14004 CaptureType, false),
14007 // Build a full-expression copy expression if initialization
14008 // succeeded and used a non-trivial constructor. Recover from
14009 // errors by pretending that the copy isn't necessary.
14010 if (!Result.isInvalid() &&
14011 !cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Result.get())->getConstructor()
14013 Result = S.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Result);
14014 CopyExpr = Result.get();
14020 // Actually capture the variable.
14021 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
14022 BSI->addCapture(Var, HasBlocksAttr, ByRef, Nested, Loc,
14023 SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr);
14030 /// \brief Capture the given variable in the captured region.
14031 static bool captureInCapturedRegion(CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI,
14033 SourceLocation Loc,
14034 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
14035 QualType &CaptureType,
14036 QualType &DeclRefType,
14037 const bool RefersToCapturedVariable,
14039 // By default, capture variables by reference.
14041 // Using an LValue reference type is consistent with Lambdas (see below).
14042 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) {
14043 if (S.IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var))
14044 DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType();
14045 ByRef = S.IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel);
14049 CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
14051 CaptureType = DeclRefType;
14053 Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr;
14054 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
14055 // The current implementation assumes that all variables are captured
14056 // by references. Since there is no capture by copy, no expression
14057 // evaluation will be needed.
14058 RecordDecl *RD = RSI->TheRecordDecl;
14061 = FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureType,
14062 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureType, Loc),
14063 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
14064 Field->setImplicit(true);
14065 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
14066 RD->addDecl(Field);
14068 CopyExpr = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, RefersToCapturedVariable,
14069 DeclRefType, VK_LValue, Loc);
14070 Var->setReferenced(true);
14071 Var->markUsed(S.Context);
14074 // Actually capture the variable.
14075 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
14076 RSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable, Loc,
14077 SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr);
14083 /// \brief Create a field within the lambda class for the variable
14084 /// being captured.
14085 static void addAsFieldToClosureType(Sema &S, LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
14086 QualType FieldType, QualType DeclRefType,
14087 SourceLocation Loc,
14088 bool RefersToCapturedVariable) {
14089 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = LSI->Lambda;
14091 // Build the non-static data member.
14093 = FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, Lambda, Loc, Loc, nullptr, FieldType,
14094 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FieldType, Loc),
14095 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
14096 Field->setImplicit(true);
14097 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
14098 Lambda->addDecl(Field);
14101 /// \brief Capture the given variable in the lambda.
14102 static bool captureInLambda(LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
14104 SourceLocation Loc,
14105 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
14106 QualType &CaptureType,
14107 QualType &DeclRefType,
14108 const bool RefersToCapturedVariable,
14109 const Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind,
14110 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
14111 const bool IsTopScope,
14114 // Determine whether we are capturing by reference or by value.
14115 bool ByRef = false;
14116 if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) {
14117 ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef);
14119 ByRef = (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == LambdaScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref);
14122 // Compute the type of the field that will capture this variable.
14124 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p15:
14125 // An entity is captured by reference if it is implicitly or
14126 // explicitly captured but not captured by copy. It is
14127 // unspecified whether additional unnamed non-static data
14128 // members are declared in the closure type for entities
14129 // captured by reference.
14131 // FIXME: It is not clear whether we want to build an lvalue reference
14132 // to the DeclRefType or to CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(). GCC appears
14133 // to do the former, while EDG does the latter. Core issue 1249 will
14134 // clarify, but for now we follow GCC because it's a more permissive and
14135 // easily defensible position.
14136 CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
14138 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p14:
14139 // For each entity captured by copy, an unnamed non-static
14140 // data member is declared in the closure type. The
14141 // declaration order of these members is unspecified. The type
14142 // of such a data member is the type of the corresponding
14143 // captured entity if the entity is not a reference to an
14144 // object, or the referenced type otherwise. [Note: If the
14145 // captured entity is a reference to a function, the
14146 // corresponding data member is also a reference to a
14147 // function. - end note ]
14148 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = CaptureType->getAs<ReferenceType>()){
14149 if (!RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())
14150 CaptureType = RefType->getPointeeType();
14153 // Forbid the lambda copy-capture of autoreleasing variables.
14154 if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
14155 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
14156 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) << /*lambda*/ 1;
14157 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
14158 << Var->getDeclName();
14163 // Make sure that by-copy captures are of a complete and non-abstract type.
14164 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
14165 if (!CaptureType->isDependentType() &&
14166 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, CaptureType,
14167 diag::err_capture_of_incomplete_type,
14168 Var->getDeclName()))
14171 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, CaptureType,
14172 diag::err_capture_of_abstract_type))
14177 // Capture this variable in the lambda.
14178 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
14179 addAsFieldToClosureType(S, LSI, CaptureType, DeclRefType, Loc,
14180 RefersToCapturedVariable);
14182 // Compute the type of a reference to this captured variable.
14184 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
14186 // C++ [expr.prim.lambda]p5:
14187 // The closure type for a lambda-expression has a public inline
14188 // function call operator [...]. This function call operator is
14189 // declared const (9.3.1) if and only if the lambda-expression's
14190 // parameter-declaration-clause is not followed by mutable.
14191 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
14192 if (!LSI->Mutable && !CaptureType->isReferenceType())
14193 DeclRefType.addConst();
14196 // Add the capture.
14197 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
14198 LSI->addCapture(Var, /*IsBlock=*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable,
14199 Loc, EllipsisLoc, CaptureType, /*CopyExpr=*/nullptr);
14204 bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(
14205 VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation ExprLoc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
14206 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, QualType &CaptureType,
14207 QualType &DeclRefType, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
14208 // An init-capture is notionally from the context surrounding its
14209 // declaration, but its parent DC is the lambda class.
14210 DeclContext *VarDC = Var->getDeclContext();
14211 if (Var->isInitCapture())
14212 VarDC = VarDC->getParent();
14214 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
14215 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
14216 ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
14217 // We need to sync up the Declaration Context with the
14218 // FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
14219 if (FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
14220 unsigned FSIndex = FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
14221 while (FSIndex != MaxFunctionScopesIndex) {
14222 DC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC);
14228 // If the variable is declared in the current context, there is no need to
14230 if (VarDC == DC) return true;
14232 // Capture global variables if it is required to use private copy of this
14234 bool IsGlobal = !Var->hasLocalStorage();
14235 if (IsGlobal && !(LangOpts.OpenMP && IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var)))
14238 // Walk up the stack to determine whether we can capture the variable,
14239 // performing the "simple" checks that don't depend on type. We stop when
14240 // we've either hit the declared scope of the variable or find an existing
14241 // capture of that variable. We start from the innermost capturing-entity
14242 // (the DC) and ensure that all intervening capturing-entities
14243 // (blocks/lambdas etc.) between the innermost capturer and the variable`s
14244 // declcontext can either capture the variable or have already captured
14246 CaptureType = Var->getType();
14247 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
14248 bool Nested = false;
14249 bool Explicit = (Kind != TryCapture_Implicit);
14250 unsigned FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex;
14252 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
14253 // capture; other scopes don't work.
14254 DeclContext *ParentDC = getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DC, Var,
14258 // We need to check for the parent *first* because, if we *have*
14259 // private-captured a global variable, we need to recursively capture it in
14260 // intermediate blocks, lambdas, etc.
14263 FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex - 1;
14269 FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex];
14270 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FSI);
14273 // Check whether we've already captured it.
14274 if (isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CSI, Var, Nested, CaptureType,
14276 CSI->getCapture(Var).markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose);
14279 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator body,
14280 // we do not want to capture new variables. What was captured
14281 // during either a lambdas transformation or initial parsing
14283 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(DC)) {
14284 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
14285 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
14286 if (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None) {
14287 Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var->getDeclName();
14288 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
14289 << Var->getDeclName();
14290 Diag(LSI->Lambda->getLocStart(), diag::note_lambda_decl);
14292 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, ExprLoc, Var, DC);
14296 // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture
14297 // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.)
14298 // so check for eligibility.
14299 if (!isVariableCapturable(CSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, *this))
14302 // Try to capture variable-length arrays types.
14303 if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
14304 // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA
14306 QualType QTy = Var->getType();
14307 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
14308 QTy = PVD->getOriginalType();
14309 captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, QTy, CSI);
14312 if (getLangOpts().OpenMP) {
14313 if (auto *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
14314 // OpenMP private variables should not be captured in outer scope, so
14315 // just break here. Similarly, global variables that are captured in a
14316 // target region should not be captured outside the scope of the region.
14317 if (RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) {
14318 auto IsTargetCap = isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel);
14319 // When we detect target captures we are looking from inside the
14320 // target region, therefore we need to propagate the capture from the
14321 // enclosing region. Therefore, the capture is not initially nested.
14323 FunctionScopesIndex--;
14325 if (IsTargetCap || isOpenMPPrivateDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel)) {
14326 Nested = !IsTargetCap;
14327 DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType();
14328 CaptureType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
14334 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None && !Explicit) {
14335 // No capture-default, and this is not an explicit capture
14336 // so cannot capture this variable.
14337 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
14338 Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var->getDeclName();
14339 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
14340 << Var->getDeclName();
14341 if (cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Lambda)
14342 Diag(cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Lambda->getLocStart(),
14343 diag::note_lambda_decl);
14344 // FIXME: If we error out because an outer lambda can not implicitly
14345 // capture a variable that an inner lambda explicitly captures, we
14346 // should have the inner lambda do the explicit capture - because
14347 // it makes for cleaner diagnostics later. This would purely be done
14348 // so that the diagnostic does not misleadingly claim that a variable
14349 // can not be captured by a lambda implicitly even though it is captured
14350 // explicitly. Suggestion:
14351 // - create const bool VariableCaptureWasInitiallyExplicit = Explicit
14352 // at the function head
14353 // - cache the StartingDeclContext - this must be a lambda
14354 // - captureInLambda in the innermost lambda the variable.
14359 FunctionScopesIndex--;
14362 } while (!VarDC->Equals(DC));
14364 // Walk back down the scope stack, (e.g. from outer lambda to inner lambda)
14365 // computing the type of the capture at each step, checking type-specific
14366 // requirements, and adding captures if requested.
14367 // If the variable had already been captured previously, we start capturing
14368 // at the lambda nested within that one.
14369 for (unsigned I = ++FunctionScopesIndex, N = MaxFunctionScopesIndex + 1; I != N;
14371 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
14373 if (BlockScopeInfo *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
14374 if (!captureInBlock(BSI, Var, ExprLoc,
14375 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
14376 DeclRefType, Nested, *this))
14379 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
14380 if (!captureInCapturedRegion(RSI, Var, ExprLoc,
14381 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
14382 DeclRefType, Nested, *this))
14386 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
14387 if (!captureInLambda(LSI, Var, ExprLoc,
14388 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
14389 DeclRefType, Nested, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
14390 /*IsTopScope*/I == N - 1, *this))
14398 bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
14399 TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) {
14400 QualType CaptureType;
14401 QualType DeclRefType;
14402 return tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
14403 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/true, CaptureType,
14404 DeclRefType, nullptr);
14407 bool Sema::NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) {
14408 QualType CaptureType;
14409 QualType DeclRefType;
14410 return !tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(),
14411 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType,
14412 DeclRefType, nullptr);
14415 QualType Sema::getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) {
14416 QualType CaptureType;
14417 QualType DeclRefType;
14419 // Determine whether we can capture this variable.
14420 if (tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(),
14421 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType,
14422 DeclRefType, nullptr))
14425 return DeclRefType;
14430 // If either the type of the variable or the initializer is dependent,
14431 // return false. Otherwise, determine whether the variable is a constant
14432 // expression. Use this if you need to know if a variable that might or
14433 // might not be dependent is truly a constant expression.
14434 static inline bool IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
14435 ASTContext &Context) {
14437 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType())
14439 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
14440 Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD);
14443 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
14444 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
14445 if (Init->isValueDependent())
14447 return IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
14451 void Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E) {
14452 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it is
14453 // an object that satisfies the requirements for appearing in a
14454 // constant expression (5.19) and the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
14455 // is immediately applied." This function handles the lvalue-to-rvalue
14456 // conversion part.
14457 MaybeODRUseExprs.erase(E->IgnoreParens());
14459 // If we are in a lambda, check if this DeclRefExpr or MemberExpr refers
14460 // to a variable that is a constant expression, and if so, identify it as
14461 // a reference to a variable that does not involve an odr-use of that
14463 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda()) {
14464 Expr *SansParensExpr = E->IgnoreParens();
14465 VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
14466 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SansParensExpr))
14467 Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getFoundDecl());
14468 else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SansParensExpr))
14469 Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
14471 if (Var && IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(Var, Context))
14472 LSI->markVariableExprAsNonODRUsed(SansParensExpr);
14476 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res) {
14477 Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Res);
14479 if (!Res.isUsable())
14482 // If a constant-expression is a reference to a variable where we delay
14483 // deciding whether it is an odr-use, just assume we will apply the
14484 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. In the one case where this doesn't happen
14485 // (a non-type template argument), we have special handling anyway.
14486 UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Res.get());
14490 void Sema::CleanupVarDeclMarking() {
14491 for (Expr *E : MaybeODRUseExprs) {
14493 SourceLocation Loc;
14494 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
14495 Var = cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
14496 Loc = DRE->getLocation();
14497 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
14498 Var = cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
14499 Loc = ME->getMemberLoc();
14501 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected expression");
14504 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, *this,
14505 /*MaxFunctionScopeIndex Pointer*/ nullptr);
14508 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
14512 static void DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc,
14513 VarDecl *Var, Expr *E) {
14514 assert((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E)) &&
14515 "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced");
14516 Var->setReferenced();
14518 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
14520 bool OdrUseContext = isOdrUseContext(SemaRef);
14521 bool NeedDefinition =
14522 OdrUseContext || (isEvaluatableContext(SemaRef) &&
14523 Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context));
14525 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec =
14526 dyn_cast<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var);
14527 assert(!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) &&
14528 "Can't instantiate a partial template specialization.");
14530 // If this might be a member specialization of a static data member, check
14531 // the specialization is visible. We already did the checks for variable
14532 // template specializations when we created them.
14533 if (NeedDefinition && TSK != TSK_Undeclared &&
14534 !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var))
14535 SemaRef.checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Var);
14537 // Perform implicit instantiation of static data members, static data member
14538 // templates of class templates, and variable template specializations. Delay
14539 // instantiations of variable templates, except for those that could be used
14540 // in a constant expression.
14541 if (NeedDefinition && isTemplateInstantiation(TSK)) {
14542 bool TryInstantiating = TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation;
14544 if (TryInstantiating && !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var)) {
14545 if (Var->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid()) {
14546 // This is a modification of an existing AST node. Notify listeners.
14547 if (ASTMutationListener *L = SemaRef.getASTMutationListener())
14548 L->StaticDataMemberInstantiated(Var);
14549 } else if (!Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context))
14550 // Don't bother trying to instantiate it again, unless we might need
14551 // its initializer before we get to the end of the TU.
14552 TryInstantiating = false;
14555 if (Var->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
14556 Var->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, Loc);
14558 if (TryInstantiating) {
14559 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Var->getPointOfInstantiation();
14560 bool InstantiationDependent = false;
14561 bool IsNonDependent =
14562 VarSpec ? !TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
14563 VarSpec->getTemplateArgsInfo(), InstantiationDependent)
14566 // Do not instantiate specializations that are still type-dependent.
14567 if (IsNonDependent) {
14568 if (Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context)) {
14569 // Do not defer instantiations of variables which could be used in a
14570 // constant expression.
14571 SemaRef.InstantiateVariableDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Var);
14573 SemaRef.PendingInstantiations
14574 .push_back(std::make_pair(Var, PointOfInstantiation));
14580 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it satisfies
14581 // the requirements for appearing in a constant expression (5.19) and, if
14582 // it is an object, the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
14583 // is immediately applied." We check the first part here, and
14584 // Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue deals with the second part.
14585 // Note that we use the C++11 definition everywhere because nothing in
14586 // C++03 depends on whether we get the C++03 version correct. The second
14587 // part does not apply to references, since they are not objects.
14588 if (OdrUseContext && E &&
14589 IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, SemaRef.Context)) {
14590 // A reference initialized by a constant expression can never be
14591 // odr-used, so simply ignore it.
14592 if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType())
14593 SemaRef.MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(E);
14594 } else if (OdrUseContext) {
14595 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, SemaRef,
14596 /*MaxFunctionScopeIndex ptr*/ nullptr);
14597 } else if (isOdrUseContext(SemaRef, /*SkipDependentUses*/false)) {
14598 // If this is a dependent context, we don't need to mark variables as
14599 // odr-used, but we may still need to track them for lambda capture.
14600 // FIXME: Do we also need to do this inside dependent typeid expressions
14601 // (which are modeled as unevaluated at this point)?
14602 const bool RefersToEnclosingScope =
14603 (SemaRef.CurContext != Var->getDeclContext() &&
14604 Var->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && Var->hasLocalStorage());
14605 if (RefersToEnclosingScope) {
14606 LambdaScopeInfo *const LSI =
14607 SemaRef.getCurLambda(/*IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope=*/true);
14608 if (LSI && !LSI->CallOperator->Encloses(Var->getDeclContext())) {
14609 // If a variable could potentially be odr-used, defer marking it so
14610 // until we finish analyzing the full expression for any
14611 // lvalue-to-rvalue
14612 // or discarded value conversions that would obviate odr-use.
14613 // Add it to the list of potential captures that will be analyzed
14614 // later (ActOnFinishFullExpr) for eventual capture and odr-use marking
14615 // unless the variable is a reference that was initialized by a constant
14616 // expression (this will never need to be captured or odr-used).
14617 assert(E && "Capture variable should be used in an expression.");
14618 if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType() ||
14619 !IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(Var, SemaRef.Context))
14620 LSI->addPotentialCapture(E->IgnoreParens());
14626 /// \brief Mark a variable referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
14627 /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3). Note that this should not be
14628 /// used directly for normal expressions referring to VarDecl.
14629 void Sema::MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var) {
14630 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(*this, Loc, Var, nullptr);
14633 static void MarkExprReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc,
14634 Decl *D, Expr *E, bool MightBeOdrUse) {
14635 if (SemaRef.isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
14636 SemaRef.checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(E, D);
14638 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
14639 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(SemaRef, Loc, Var, E);
14643 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, MightBeOdrUse);
14645 // If this is a call to a method via a cast, also mark the method in the
14646 // derived class used in case codegen can devirtualize the call.
14647 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
14650 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
14653 // Only attempt to devirtualize if this is truly a virtual call.
14654 bool IsVirtualCall = MD->isVirtual() &&
14655 ME->performsVirtualDispatch(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
14656 if (!IsVirtualCall)
14658 const Expr *Base = ME->getBase();
14659 const CXXRecordDecl *MostDerivedClassDecl = Base->getBestDynamicClassType();
14660 if (!MostDerivedClassDecl)
14662 CXXMethodDecl *DM = MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(MostDerivedClassDecl);
14663 if (!DM || DM->isPure())
14665 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, DM, MightBeOdrUse);
14668 /// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a DeclRefExpr.
14669 void Sema::MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E) {
14670 // TODO: update this with DR# once a defect report is filed.
14671 // C++11 defect. The address of a pure member should not be an ODR use, even
14672 // if it's a qualified reference.
14673 bool OdrUse = true;
14674 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getDecl()))
14675 if (Method->isVirtual())
14677 MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getLocation(), E->getDecl(), E, OdrUse);
14680 /// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a MemberExpr.
14681 void Sema::MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E) {
14682 // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p2:
14683 // A non-overloaded function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated
14684 // expression or a member of a set of candidate functions, if selected by
14685 // overload resolution when referred to from a potentially-evaluated
14686 // expression, is odr-used, unless it is a pure virtual function and its
14687 // name is not explicitly qualified.
14688 bool MightBeOdrUse = true;
14689 if (E->performsVirtualDispatch(getLangOpts())) {
14690 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()))
14691 if (Method->isPure())
14692 MightBeOdrUse = false;
14694 SourceLocation Loc = E->getMemberLoc().isValid() ?
14695 E->getMemberLoc() : E->getLocStart();
14696 MarkExprReferenced(*this, Loc, E->getMemberDecl(), E, MightBeOdrUse);
14699 /// \brief Perform marking for a reference to an arbitrary declaration. It
14700 /// marks the declaration referenced, and performs odr-use checking for
14701 /// functions and variables. This method should not be used when building a
14702 /// normal expression which refers to a variable.
14703 void Sema::MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D,
14704 bool MightBeOdrUse) {
14705 if (MightBeOdrUse) {
14706 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
14707 MarkVariableReferenced(Loc, VD);
14711 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
14712 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, FD, MightBeOdrUse);
14715 D->setReferenced();
14719 // Mark all of the declarations used by a type as referenced.
14720 // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding
14721 // of when we're entering a context we should not recurse into.
14722 // FIXME: This is and EvaluatedExprMarker are more-or-less equivalent to
14723 // TreeTransforms rebuilding the type in a new context. Rather than
14724 // duplicating the TreeTransform logic, we should consider reusing it here.
14725 // Currently that causes problems when rebuilding LambdaExprs.
14726 class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> {
14728 SourceLocation Loc;
14731 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited;
14733 MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { }
14735 bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg);
14739 bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument(
14740 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
14742 // A non-type template argument is a constant-evaluated context.
14743 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Evaluated(
14744 S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated);
14745 if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) {
14746 if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl())
14747 S.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, true);
14748 } else if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression) {
14749 S.MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Arg.getAsExpr(), false);
14753 return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg);
14756 void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
14757 MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc);
14758 Marker.TraverseType(T);
14762 /// \brief Helper class that marks all of the declarations referenced by
14763 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
14764 class EvaluatedExprMarker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> {
14766 bool SkipLocalVariables;
14769 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> Inherited;
14771 EvaluatedExprMarker(Sema &S, bool SkipLocalVariables)
14772 : Inherited(S.Context), S(S), SkipLocalVariables(SkipLocalVariables) { }
14774 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
14775 // If we were asked not to visit local variables, don't.
14776 if (SkipLocalVariables) {
14777 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getDecl()))
14778 if (VD->hasLocalStorage())
14782 S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
14785 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
14786 S.MarkMemberReferenced(E);
14787 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
14790 void VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) {
14791 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
14792 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(E->getTemporary()->getDestructor()));
14793 Visit(E->getSubExpr());
14796 void VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E) {
14797 if (E->getOperatorNew())
14798 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorNew());
14799 if (E->getOperatorDelete())
14800 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
14801 Inherited::VisitCXXNewExpr(E);
14804 void VisitCXXDeleteExpr(CXXDeleteExpr *E) {
14805 if (E->getOperatorDelete())
14806 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
14807 QualType Destroyed = S.Context.getBaseElementType(E->getDestroyedType());
14808 if (const RecordType *DestroyedRec = Destroyed->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14809 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DestroyedRec->getDecl());
14810 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
14811 S.LookupDestructor(Record));
14814 Inherited::VisitCXXDeleteExpr(E);
14817 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
14818 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getConstructor());
14819 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
14822 void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) {
14823 Visit(E->getExpr());
14826 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
14827 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
14829 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
14830 S.UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E->getSubExpr());
14835 /// \brief Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any
14836 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
14838 /// \param SkipLocalVariables If true, don't mark local variables as
14840 void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
14841 bool SkipLocalVariables) {
14842 EvaluatedExprMarker(*this, SkipLocalVariables).Visit(E);
14845 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
14846 /// of the program being compiled.
14848 /// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
14849 /// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
14850 /// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
14851 /// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
14852 /// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
14853 /// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
14854 /// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
14857 /// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
14858 /// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
14859 /// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
14860 /// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
14861 bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
14862 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
14863 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
14864 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated:
14865 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList:
14866 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract:
14867 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement:
14868 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
14871 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated:
14872 // Relevant diagnostics should be produced by constant evaluation.
14875 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated:
14876 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
14877 if (Statement && getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
14878 FunctionScopes.back()->PossiblyUnreachableDiags.
14879 push_back(sema::PossiblyUnreachableDiag(PD, Loc, Statement));
14890 bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
14891 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
14892 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
14895 // If we're inside a decltype's expression, don't check for a valid return
14896 // type or construct temporaries until we know whether this is the last call.
14897 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype) {
14898 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.push_back(CE);
14902 class CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
14907 CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *CE)
14908 : FD(FD), CE(CE) { }
14910 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
14912 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
14913 << T << CE->getSourceRange();
14917 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
14918 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() << T;
14919 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
14920 << FD->getDeclName();
14922 } Diagnoser(FD, CE);
14924 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType, Diagnoser))
14930 // Diagnose the s/=/==/ and s/\|=/!=/ typos. Note that adding parentheses
14931 // will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
14932 void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
14933 SourceLocation Loc;
14935 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
14936 bool IsOrAssign = false;
14938 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
14939 if (Op->getOpcode() != BO_Assign && Op->getOpcode() != BO_OrAssign)
14942 IsOrAssign = Op->getOpcode() == BO_OrAssign;
14944 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
14945 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
14946 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
14947 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
14949 // self = [<foo> init...]
14950 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) && ME->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init)
14951 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
14953 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
14954 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && Sel.getNameForSlot(0) == "nextObject")
14955 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
14958 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
14959 } else if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
14960 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal && Op->getOperator() != OO_PipeEqual)
14963 IsOrAssign = Op->getOperator() == OO_PipeEqual;
14964 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
14965 } else if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E))
14966 return DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(POE->getSyntacticForm());
14968 // Not an assignment.
14972 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();
14974 SourceLocation Open = E->getLocStart();
14975 SourceLocation Close = getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
14976 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
14977 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
14978 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
14981 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison)
14982 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "!=");
14984 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
14985 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
14988 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
14989 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
14990 void Sema::DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE) {
14991 // Don't warn if the parens came from a macro.
14992 SourceLocation parenLoc = ParenE->getLocStart();
14993 if (parenLoc.isInvalid() || parenLoc.isMacroID())
14995 // Don't warn for dependent expressions.
14996 if (ParenE->isTypeDependent())
14999 Expr *E = ParenE->IgnoreParens();
15001 if (BinaryOperator *opE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
15002 if (opE->getOpcode() == BO_EQ &&
15003 opE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->isModifiableLvalue(Context)
15004 == Expr::MLV_Valid) {
15005 SourceLocation Loc = opE->getOperatorLoc();
15007 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_equality_with_extra_parens) << E->getSourceRange();
15008 SourceRange ParenERange = ParenE->getSourceRange();
15009 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_silence)
15010 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getBegin())
15011 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getEnd());
15012 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_to_assign)
15013 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=");
15017 ExprResult Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E,
15018 bool IsConstexpr) {
15019 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
15020 if (ParenExpr *parenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
15021 DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(parenE);
15023 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
15024 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15027 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
15028 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15029 return CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E, IsConstexpr); // C++ 6.4p4
15031 ExprResult ERes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
15032 if (ERes.isInvalid())
15033 return ExprError();
15036 QualType T = E->getType();
15037 if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
15038 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
15039 << T << E->getSourceRange();
15040 return ExprError();
15042 CheckBoolLikeConversion(E, Loc);
15048 Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
15049 Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK) {
15050 // Empty conditions are valid in for-statements.
15052 return ConditionResult();
15056 case ConditionKind::Boolean:
15057 Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, SubExpr);
15060 case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf:
15061 Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, SubExpr, true);
15064 case ConditionKind::Switch:
15065 Cond = CheckSwitchCondition(Loc, SubExpr);
15068 if (Cond.isInvalid())
15069 return ConditionError();
15071 // FIXME: FullExprArg doesn't have an invalid bit, so check nullness instead.
15072 FullExprArg FullExpr = MakeFullExpr(Cond.get(), Loc);
15073 if (!FullExpr.get())
15074 return ConditionError();
15076 return ConditionResult(*this, nullptr, FullExpr,
15077 CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf);
15081 /// A visitor for rebuilding a call to an __unknown_any expression
15082 /// to have an appropriate type.
15083 struct RebuildUnknownAnyFunction
15084 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyFunction, ExprResult> {
15088 RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
15090 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
15091 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
15094 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
15095 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_call)
15096 << E->getSourceRange();
15097 return ExprError();
15100 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
15101 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
15102 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
15103 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15104 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15106 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
15107 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
15108 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
15109 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
15110 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15114 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
15115 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
15118 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
15119 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
15122 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
15123 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15124 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15126 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
15127 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
15128 E->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()));
15129 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
15130 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15134 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
15135 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) return VisitExpr(E);
15137 E->setType(VD->getType());
15139 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
15140 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
15141 !(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VD) &&
15142 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isInstance()))
15143 E->setValueKind(VK_LValue);
15148 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
15149 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
15152 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
15153 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
15158 /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
15159 /// to have a function type.
15160 static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *FunctionExpr) {
15161 ExprResult Result = RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S).Visit(FunctionExpr);
15162 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15163 return S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Result.get());
15167 /// A visitor for rebuilding an expression of type __unknown_anytype
15168 /// into one which resolves the type directly on the referring
15169 /// expression. Strict preservation of the original source
15170 /// structure is not a goal.
15171 struct RebuildUnknownAnyExpr
15172 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyExpr, ExprResult> {
15176 /// The current destination type.
15179 RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, QualType CastType)
15180 : S(S), DestType(CastType) {}
15182 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
15183 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
15186 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
15187 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
15188 << E->getSourceRange();
15189 return ExprError();
15192 ExprResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E);
15193 ExprResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E);
15195 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
15196 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
15197 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
15198 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15199 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15200 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
15201 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
15202 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
15203 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
15204 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15208 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
15209 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
15212 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
15213 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
15216 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
15217 const PointerType *Ptr = DestType->getAs<PointerType>();
15219 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof)
15220 << E->getSourceRange();
15221 return ExprError();
15224 if (isa<CallExpr>(E->getSubExpr())) {
15225 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof_call)
15226 << E->getSourceRange();
15227 return ExprError();
15230 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
15231 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15232 E->setType(DestType);
15234 // Build the sub-expression as if it were an object of the pointee type.
15235 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
15236 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15237 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15238 E->setSubExpr(SubResult.get());
15242 ExprResult VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E);
15244 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD);
15246 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
15247 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
15250 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
15251 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
15256 /// Rebuilds a call expression which yielded __unknown_anytype.
15257 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
15258 Expr *CalleeExpr = E->getCallee();
15262 FK_FunctionPointer,
15267 QualType CalleeType = CalleeExpr->getType();
15268 if (CalleeType == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) {
15269 assert(isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E));
15270 Kind = FK_MemberFunction;
15271 CalleeType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CalleeExpr);
15272 } else if (const PointerType *Ptr = CalleeType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
15273 CalleeType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
15274 Kind = FK_FunctionPointer;
15276 CalleeType = CalleeType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
15277 Kind = FK_BlockPointer;
15279 const FunctionType *FnType = CalleeType->castAs<FunctionType>();
15281 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a function.
15282 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
15283 unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function;
15284 if (Kind == FK_BlockPointer)
15285 diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function;
15287 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diagID)
15288 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
15289 return ExprError();
15292 // Otherwise, go ahead and set DestType as the call's result.
15293 E->setType(DestType.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context));
15294 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
15295 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15297 // Rebuild the function type, replacing the result type with DestType.
15298 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnType);
15300 // __unknown_anytype(...) is a special case used by the debugger when
15301 // it has no idea what a function's signature is.
15303 // We want to build this call essentially under the K&R
15304 // unprototyped rules, but making a FunctionNoProtoType in C++
15305 // would foul up all sorts of assumptions. However, we cannot
15306 // simply pass all arguments as variadic arguments, nor can we
15307 // portably just call the function under a non-variadic type; see
15308 // the comment on IR-gen's TargetInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic.
15309 // However, it turns out that in practice it is generally safe to
15310 // call a function declared as "A foo(B,C,D);" under the prototype
15311 // "A foo(B,C,D,...);". The only known exception is with the
15312 // Windows ABI, where any variadic function is implicitly cdecl
15313 // regardless of its normal CC. Therefore we change the parameter
15314 // types to match the types of the arguments.
15316 // This is a hack, but it is far superior to moving the
15317 // corresponding target-specific code from IR-gen to Sema/AST.
15319 ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes = Proto->getParamTypes();
15320 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
15321 if (ParamTypes.empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) { // the special case
15322 ArgTypes.reserve(E->getNumArgs());
15323 for (unsigned i = 0, e = E->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
15324 Expr *Arg = E->getArg(i);
15325 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
15326 if (E->isLValue()) {
15327 ArgType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
15328 } else if (E->isXValue()) {
15329 ArgType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgType);
15331 ArgTypes.push_back(ArgType);
15333 ParamTypes = ArgTypes;
15335 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionType(DestType, ParamTypes,
15336 Proto->getExtProtoInfo());
15338 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(DestType,
15339 FnType->getExtInfo());
15342 // Rebuild the appropriate pointer-to-function type.
15344 case FK_MemberFunction:
15348 case FK_FunctionPointer:
15349 DestType = S.Context.getPointerType(DestType);
15352 case FK_BlockPointer:
15353 DestType = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(DestType);
15357 // Finally, we can recurse.
15358 ExprResult CalleeResult = Visit(CalleeExpr);
15359 if (!CalleeResult.isUsable()) return ExprError();
15360 E->setCallee(CalleeResult.get());
15362 // Bind a temporary if necessary.
15363 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
15366 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {
15367 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a call.
15368 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
15369 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_func_returning_array_function)
15370 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
15371 return ExprError();
15374 // Rewrite the method result type if available.
15375 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = E->getMethodDecl()) {
15376 assert(Method->getReturnType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy);
15377 Method->setReturnType(DestType);
15380 // Change the type of the message.
15381 E->setType(DestType.getNonReferenceType());
15382 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
15384 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
15387 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
15388 // The only case we should ever see here is a function-to-pointer decay.
15389 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay) {
15390 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
15391 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15393 E->setType(DestType);
15395 // Rebuild the sub-expression as the pointee (function) type.
15396 DestType = DestType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
15398 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15399 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
15401 E->setSubExpr(Result.get());
15403 } else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
15404 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
15405 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
15407 assert(isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType()));
15409 E->setType(DestType);
15411 // The sub-expression has to be a lvalue reference, so rebuild it as such.
15412 DestType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DestType);
15414 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
15415 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
15417 E->setSubExpr(Result.get());
15420 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast type!");
15424 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
15425 ExprValueKind ValueKind = VK_LValue;
15426 QualType Type = DestType;
15428 // We know how to make this work for certain kinds of decls:
15431 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
15432 if (const PointerType *Ptr = Type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
15433 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
15434 ExprResult Result = resolveDecl(E, VD);
15435 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15436 return S.ImpCastExprToType(Result.get(), Type,
15437 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, VK_RValue);
15440 if (!Type->isFunctionType()) {
15441 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_function)
15442 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
15443 return ExprError();
15445 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = Type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
15446 // We must match the FunctionDecl's type to the hack introduced in
15447 // RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr to vararg functions of unknown
15448 // type. See the lengthy commentary in that routine.
15449 QualType FDT = FD->getType();
15450 const FunctionType *FnType = FDT->castAs<FunctionType>();
15451 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(FnType);
15452 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
15453 if (DRE && Proto && Proto->getParamTypes().empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) {
15454 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
15455 FunctionDecl *NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(FD->getASTContext(),
15456 FD->getDeclContext(),
15457 Loc, Loc, FD->getNameInfo().getName(),
15458 DestType, FD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
15459 SC_None, false/*isInlineSpecified*/,
15460 FD->hasPrototype(),
15461 false/*isConstexprSpecified*/);
15463 if (FD->getQualifier())
15464 NewFD->setQualifierInfo(FD->getQualifierLoc());
15466 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
15467 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
15468 ParmVarDecl *Param =
15469 S.BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(FD, Loc, AI);
15470 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
15471 Params.push_back(Param);
15473 NewFD->setParams(Params);
15474 DRE->setDecl(NewFD);
15475 VD = DRE->getDecl();
15479 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
15480 if (MD->isInstance()) {
15481 ValueKind = VK_RValue;
15482 Type = S.Context.BoundMemberTy;
15485 // Function references aren't l-values in C.
15486 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15487 ValueKind = VK_RValue;
15490 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(VD)) {
15491 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
15492 Type = RefTy->getPointeeType();
15493 } else if (Type->isFunctionType()) {
15494 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_var_function_type)
15495 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
15496 return ExprError();
15501 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl)
15502 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
15503 return ExprError();
15506 // Modifying the declaration like this is friendly to IR-gen but
15507 // also really dangerous.
15508 VD->setType(DestType);
15510 E->setValueKind(ValueKind);
15514 /// Check a cast of an unknown-any type. We intentionally only
15515 /// trigger this for C-style casts.
15516 ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
15517 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
15518 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path) {
15519 // The type we're casting to must be either void or complete.
15520 if (!CastType->isVoidType() &&
15521 RequireCompleteType(TypeRange.getBegin(), CastType,
15522 diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_incomplete))
15523 return ExprError();
15525 // Rewrite the casted expression from scratch.
15526 ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, CastType).Visit(CastExpr);
15527 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
15529 CastExpr = result.get();
15530 VK = CastExpr->getValueKind();
15531 CastKind = CK_NoOp;
15536 ExprResult Sema::forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType) {
15537 return RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, ToType).Visit(E);
15540 ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
15541 Expr *arg, QualType ¶mType) {
15542 // If the syntactic form of the argument is not an explicit cast of
15543 // any sort, just do default argument promotion.
15544 ExplicitCastExpr *castArg = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(arg->IgnoreParens());
15546 ExprResult result = DefaultArgumentPromotion(arg);
15547 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15548 paramType = result.get()->getType();
15552 // Otherwise, use the type that was written in the explicit cast.
15553 assert(!arg->hasPlaceholderType());
15554 paramType = castArg->getTypeAsWritten();
15556 // Copy-initialize a parameter of that type.
15557 InitializedEntity entity =
15558 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, paramType,
15559 /*consumed*/ false);
15560 return PerformCopyInitialization(entity, callLoc, arg);
15563 static ExprResult diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
15565 unsigned diagID = diag::err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any;
15567 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
15568 if (CallExpr *call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
15569 E = call->getCallee();
15570 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
15576 SourceLocation loc;
15578 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
15579 loc = ref->getLocation();
15580 d = ref->getDecl();
15581 } else if (MemberExpr *mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
15582 loc = mem->getMemberLoc();
15583 d = mem->getMemberDecl();
15584 } else if (ObjCMessageExpr *msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
15585 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
15586 loc = msg->getSelectorStartLoc();
15587 d = msg->getMethodDecl();
15589 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_uncasted_send_to_unknown_any_method)
15590 << static_cast<unsigned>(msg->isClassMessage()) << msg->getSelector()
15591 << orig->getSourceRange();
15592 return ExprError();
15595 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
15596 << E->getSourceRange();
15597 return ExprError();
15600 S.Diag(loc, diagID) << d << orig->getSourceRange();
15602 // Never recoverable.
15603 return ExprError();
15606 /// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found.
15607 /// Returns ExprError() if there was an error and no recovery was possible.
15608 ExprResult Sema::CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E) {
15609 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15610 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it
15611 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
15612 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
15613 ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E);
15614 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
15618 const BuiltinType *placeholderType = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType();
15619 if (!placeholderType) return E;
15621 switch (placeholderType->getKind()) {
15623 // Overloaded expressions.
15624 case BuiltinType::Overload: {
15625 // Try to resolve a single function template specialization.
15626 // This is obligatory.
15627 ExprResult Result = E;
15628 if (ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Result, false))
15631 // No guarantees that ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization
15632 // leaves Result unchanged on failure.
15634 if (resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Result))
15637 // If that failed, try to recover with a call.
15638 tryToRecoverWithCall(Result, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_unresolvable),
15639 /*complain*/ true);
15643 // Bound member functions.
15644 case BuiltinType::BoundMember: {
15645 ExprResult result = E;
15646 const Expr *BME = E->IgnoreParens();
15647 PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::err_bound_member_function);
15648 // Try to give a nicer diagnostic if it is a bound member that we recognize.
15649 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(BME)) {
15650 PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*pseudo-destructor*/ 1;
15651 } else if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BME)) {
15652 if (ME->getMemberNameInfo().getName().getNameKind() ==
15653 DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName)
15654 PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*destructor*/ 0;
15656 tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PD,
15657 /*complain*/ true);
15661 // ARC unbridged casts.
15662 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: {
15663 Expr *realCast = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
15664 diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(realCast);
15668 // Expressions of unknown type.
15669 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
15670 return diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(*this, E);
15673 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
15674 return checkPseudoObjectRValue(E);
15676 case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: {
15677 // Accept __noop without parens by implicitly converting it to a call expr.
15678 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
15680 auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
15681 if (FD->getBuiltinID() == Builtin::BI__noop) {
15682 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(FD->getType()),
15683 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
15684 return new (Context) CallExpr(Context, E, None, Context.IntTy,
15685 VK_RValue, SourceLocation());
15689 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_fn_use);
15690 return ExprError();
15693 // Expressions of unknown type.
15694 case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection:
15695 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_omp_array_section_use);
15696 return ExprError();
15698 // Everything else should be impossible.
15699 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
15700 case BuiltinType::Id:
15701 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
15702 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
15703 #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
15704 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
15708 llvm_unreachable("invalid placeholder type!");
15711 bool Sema::CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E) {
15712 if (E->isTypeDependent())
15714 if (E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context))
15715 return E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType();
15719 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
15721 Sema::ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
15722 assert((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) &&
15723 "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!");
15724 QualType BoolT = Context.ObjCBuiltinBoolTy;
15725 if (!Context.getBOOLDecl()) {
15726 LookupResult Result(*this, &Context.Idents.get("BOOL"), OpLoc,
15727 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
15728 if (LookupName(Result, getCurScope()) && Result.isSingleResult()) {
15729 NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
15730 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(ND))
15731 Context.setBOOLDecl(TD);
15734 if (Context.getBOOLDecl())
15735 BoolT = Context.getBOOLType();
15736 return new (Context)
15737 ObjCBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes, BoolT, OpLoc);
15740 ExprResult Sema::ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(
15741 llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, SourceLocation AtLoc,
15742 SourceLocation RParen) {
15744 StringRef Platform = getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName();
15746 auto Spec = std::find_if(AvailSpecs.begin(), AvailSpecs.end(),
15747 [&](const AvailabilitySpec &Spec) {
15748 return Spec.getPlatform() == Platform;
15751 VersionTuple Version;
15752 if (Spec != AvailSpecs.end())
15753 Version = Spec->getVersion();
15755 // The use of `@available` in the enclosing function should be analyzed to
15756 // warn when it's used inappropriately (i.e. not if(@available)).
15757 if (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl())
15758 getEnclosingFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true;
15759 else if (getCurBlock() || getCurLambda())
15760 getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true;
15762 return new (Context)
15763 ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(Version, AtLoc, RParen, Context.BoolTy);